tcc.c

   1 /*
   2  *  TCC - Tiny C Compiler
   3  *
   4  *  Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Fabrice Bellard
   5  *
   6  * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   7  * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   8  * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   9  * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
  10  *
  11  * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  12  * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  13  * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
  14  * Lesser General Public License for more details.
  15  *
  16  * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
  17  * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
  18  * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
  19  */
  20 #define _GNU_SOURCE
  21 #include "config.h"
  22
  23 #ifdef CONFIG_TCCBOOT
  24
  25 #include "tccboot.h"
  26 #define CONFIG_TCC_STATIC
  27
  28 #else
  29
  30 #include <stdlib.h>
  31 #include <stdio.h>
  32 #include <stdarg.h>
  33 #include <string.h>
  34 #include <errno.h>
  35 #include <math.h>
  36 #include <unistd.h>
  37 #include <signal.h>
  38 #include <fcntl.h>
  39 #include <setjmp.h>
  40 #include <time.h>
  41 #ifdef _WIN32
  42 #include <sys/timeb.h>
  43 #include <windows.h>
  44 #endif
  45 #ifndef _WIN32
  46 #include <sys/time.h>
  47 #include <sys/ucontext.h>
  48 #include <sys/mman.h>
  49 #endif
  50
  51 #endif /* !CONFIG_TCCBOOT */
  52
  53 #ifndef PAGESIZE
  54 #define PAGESIZE 4096
  55 #endif
  56
  57 #include "elf.h"
  58 #include "stab.h"
  59
  60 #ifndef O_BINARY
  61 #define O_BINARY 0
  62 #endif
  63
  64 #include "libtcc.h"
  65
  66 /* parser debug */
  67 //#define PARSE_DEBUG
  68 /* preprocessor debug */
  69 //#define PP_DEBUG
  70 /* include file debug */
  71 //#define INC_DEBUG
  72
  73 //#define MEM_DEBUG
  74
  75 /* assembler debug */
  76 //#define ASM_DEBUG
  77
  78 /* target selection */
  79 //#define TCC_TARGET_I386   /* i386 code generator */
  80 //#define TCC_TARGET_ARM    /* ARMv4 code generator */
  81 //#define TCC_TARGET_C67    /* TMS320C67xx code generator */
  82
  83 /* default target is I386 */
  84 #if !defined(TCC_TARGET_I386) && !defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM) && \
  85     !defined(TCC_TARGET_C67)
  86 #define TCC_TARGET_I386
  87 #endif
  88
  89 #if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(TCC_UCLIBC) && !defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM) && \
  90     !defined(TCC_TARGET_C67)
  91 #define CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK /* enable bound checking code */
  92 #endif
  93
  94 #if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(TCC_TARGET_PE)
  95 #define CONFIG_TCC_STATIC
  96 #endif
  97
  98 /* define it to include assembler support */
  99 #if !defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM) && !defined(TCC_TARGET_C67)
 100 #define CONFIG_TCC_ASM
 101 #endif
 102
 103 /* object format selection */
 104 #if defined(TCC_TARGET_C67)
 105 #define TCC_TARGET_COFF
 106 #endif
 107
 108 #define FALSE 0
 109 #define false 0
 110 #define TRUE 1
 111 #define true 1
 112 typedef int BOOL;
 113
 114 /* path to find crt1.o, crti.o and crtn.o. Only needed when generating
 115    executables or dlls */
 116 #define CONFIG_TCC_CRT_PREFIX "/usr/lib"
 117
 118 #define INCLUDE_STACK_SIZE  32
 119 #define IFDEF_STACK_SIZE    64
 120 #define VSTACK_SIZE         256
 121 #define STRING_MAX_SIZE     1024
 122 #define PACK_STACK_SIZE     8
 123
 124 #define TOK_HASH_SIZE       8192 /* must be a power of two */
 125 #define TOK_ALLOC_INCR      512  /* must be a power of two */
 126 #define TOK_MAX_SIZE        4 /* token max size in int unit when stored in string */
 127
 128 /* token symbol management */
 129 typedef struct TokenSym {
 130     struct TokenSym *hash_next;
 131     struct Sym *sym_define; /* direct pointer to define */
 132     struct Sym *sym_label; /* direct pointer to label */
 133     struct Sym *sym_struct; /* direct pointer to structure */
 134     struct Sym *sym_identifier; /* direct pointer to identifier */
 135     int tok; /* token number */
 136     int len;
 137     char str[1];
 138 } TokenSym;
 139
 140 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
 141 typedef unsigned short nwchar_t;
 142 #else
 143 typedef int nwchar_t;
 144 #endif
 145
 146 typedef struct CString {
 147     int size; /* size in bytes */
 148     void *data; /* either 'char *' or 'nwchar_t *' */
 149     int size_allocated;
 150     void *data_allocated; /* if non NULL, data has been malloced */
 151 } CString;
 152
 153 /* type definition */
 154 typedef struct CType {
 155     int t;
 156     struct Sym *ref;
 157 } CType;
 158
 159 /* constant value */
 160 typedef union CValue {
 161     long double ld;
 162     double d;
 163     float f;
 164     int i;
 165     unsigned int ui;
 166     unsigned int ul; /* address (should be unsigned long on 64 bit cpu) */
 167     long long ll;
 168     unsigned long long ull;
 169     struct CString *cstr;
 170     void *ptr;
 171     int tab[1];
 172 } CValue;
 173
 174 /* value on stack */
 175 typedef struct SValue {
 176     CType type;      /* type */
 177     unsigned short r;      /* register + flags */
 178     unsigned short r2;     /* second register, used for 'long long'
 179                               type. If not used, set to VT_CONST */
 180     CValue c;              /* constant, if VT_CONST */
 181     struct Sym *sym;       /* symbol, if (VT_SYM | VT_CONST) */
 182 } SValue;
 183
 184 /* symbol management */
 185 typedef struct Sym {
 186     int v;    /* symbol token */
 187     int r;    /* associated register */
 188     int c;    /* associated number */
 189     CType type;    /* associated type */
 190     struct Sym *next; /* next related symbol */
 191     struct Sym *prev; /* prev symbol in stack */
 192     struct Sym *prev_tok; /* previous symbol for this token */
 193 } Sym;
 194
 195 /* section definition */
 196 /* XXX: use directly ELF structure for parameters ? */
 197 /* special flag to indicate that the section should not be linked to
 198    the other ones */
 199 #define SHF_PRIVATE 0x80000000
 200
 201 typedef struct Section {
 202     unsigned long data_offset; /* current data offset */
 203     unsigned char *data;       /* section data */
 204     unsigned long data_allocated; /* used for realloc() handling */
 205     int sh_name;             /* elf section name (only used during output) */
 206     int sh_num;              /* elf section number */
 207     int sh_type;             /* elf section type */
 208     int sh_flags;            /* elf section flags */
 209     int sh_info;             /* elf section info */
 210     int sh_addralign;        /* elf section alignment */
 211     int sh_entsize;          /* elf entry size */
 212     unsigned long sh_size;   /* section size (only used during output) */
 213     unsigned long sh_addr;      /* address at which the section is relocated */
 214     unsigned long sh_offset;    /* file offset */
 215     int nb_hashed_syms;      /* used to resize the hash table */
 216     struct Section *link;    /* link to another section */
 217     struct Section *reloc;   /* corresponding section for relocation, if any */
 218     struct Section *hash;     /* hash table for symbols */
 219     struct Section *next;
 220     char name[1];           /* section name */
 221 } Section;
 222
 223 typedef struct DLLReference {
 224     int level;
 225     void *handle;
 226     char name[1];
 227 } DLLReference;
 228
 229 /* GNUC attribute definition */
 230 typedef struct AttributeDef {
 231     int aligned;
 232     int packed;
 233     Section *section;
 234     int func_attr; /* calling convention, exports, ... */
 235 } AttributeDef;
 236
 237 /* -------------------------------------------------- */
 238 /* gr: wrappers for casting sym->r for other purposes */
 239 typedef struct {
 240     unsigned
 241       func_call : 8,
 242       func_args : 8,
 243       func_export : 1;
 244 } func_attr_t;
 245
 246 #define FUNC_CALL(r) (((func_attr_t*)&(r))->func_call)
 247 #define FUNC_EXPORT(r) (((func_attr_t*)&(r))->func_export)
 248 #define FUNC_ARGS(r) (((func_attr_t*)&(r))->func_args)
 249 #define INLINE_DEF(r) (*(int **)&(r))
 250 /* -------------------------------------------------- */
 251
 252 #define SYM_STRUCT     0x40000000 /* struct/union/enum symbol space */
 253 #define SYM_FIELD      0x20000000 /* struct/union field symbol space */
 254 #define SYM_FIRST_ANOM 0x10000000 /* first anonymous sym */
 255
 256 /* stored in 'Sym.c' field */
 257 #define FUNC_NEW       1 /* ansi function prototype */
 258 #define FUNC_OLD       2 /* old function prototype */
 259 #define FUNC_ELLIPSIS  3 /* ansi function prototype with ... */
 260
 261 /* stored in 'Sym.r' field */
 262 #define FUNC_CDECL     0 /* standard c call */
 263 #define FUNC_STDCALL   1 /* pascal c call */
 264 #define FUNC_FASTCALL1 2 /* first param in %eax */
 265 #define FUNC_FASTCALL2 3 /* first parameters in %eax, %edx */
 266 #define FUNC_FASTCALL3 4 /* first parameter in %eax, %edx, %ecx */
 267 #define FUNC_FASTCALLW 5 /* first parameter in %ecx, %edx */
 268
 269 /* field 'Sym.t' for macros */
 270 #define MACRO_OBJ      0 /* object like macro */
 271 #define MACRO_FUNC     1 /* function like macro */
 272
 273 /* field 'Sym.r' for C labels */
 274 #define LABEL_DEFINED  0 /* label is defined */
 275 #define LABEL_FORWARD  1 /* label is forward defined */
 276 #define LABEL_DECLARED 2 /* label is declared but never used */
 277
 278 /* type_decl() types */
 279 #define TYPE_ABSTRACT  1 /* type without variable */
 280 #define TYPE_DIRECT    2 /* type with variable */
 281
 282 #define IO_BUF_SIZE 8192
 283
 284 typedef struct BufferedFile {
 285     uint8_t *buf_ptr;
 286     uint8_t *buf_end;
 287     int fd;
 288     int line_num;    /* current line number - here to simplify code */
 289     int ifndef_macro;  /* #ifndef macro / #endif search */
 290     int ifndef_macro_saved; /* saved ifndef_macro */
 291     int *ifdef_stack_ptr; /* ifdef_stack value at the start of the file */
 292     char inc_type;          /* type of include */
 293     char inc_filename[512]; /* filename specified by the user */
 294     char filename[1024];    /* current filename - here to simplify code */
 295     unsigned char buffer[IO_BUF_SIZE + 1]; /* extra size for CH_EOB char */
 296 } BufferedFile;
 297
 298 #define CH_EOB   '\\'       /* end of buffer or '\0' char in file */
 299 #define CH_EOF   (-1)   /* end of file */
 300
 301 /* parsing state (used to save parser state to reparse part of the
 302    source several times) */
 303 typedef struct ParseState {
 304     int *macro_ptr;
 305     int line_num;
 306     int tok;
 307     CValue tokc;
 308 } ParseState;
 309
 310 /* used to record tokens */
 311 typedef struct TokenString {
 312     int *str;
 313     int len;
 314     int allocated_len;
 315     int last_line_num;
 316 } TokenString;
 317
 318 /* include file cache, used to find files faster and also to eliminate
 319    inclusion if the include file is protected by #ifndef ... #endif */
 320 typedef struct CachedInclude {
 321     int ifndef_macro;
 322     int hash_next; /* -1 if none */
 323     char type; /* '"' or '>' to give include type */
 324     char filename[1]; /* path specified in #include */
 325 } CachedInclude;
 326
 327 #define CACHED_INCLUDES_HASH_SIZE 512
 328
 329 /* parser */
 330 static struct BufferedFile *file;
 331 static int ch, tok;
 332 static CValue tokc;
 333 static CString tokcstr; /* current parsed string, if any */
 334 /* additional informations about token */
 335 static int tok_flags;
 336 #define TOK_FLAG_BOL   0x0001 /* beginning of line before */
 337 #define TOK_FLAG_BOF   0x0002 /* beginning of file before */
 338 #define TOK_FLAG_ENDIF 0x0004 /* a endif was found matching starting #ifdef */
 339 #define TOK_FLAG_EOF   0x0008 /* end of file */
 340
 341 static int *macro_ptr, *macro_ptr_allocated;
 342 static int *unget_saved_macro_ptr;
 343 static int unget_saved_buffer[TOK_MAX_SIZE + 1];
 344 static int unget_buffer_enabled;
 345 static int parse_flags;
 346 #define PARSE_FLAG_PREPROCESS 0x0001 /* activate preprocessing */
 347 #define PARSE_FLAG_TOK_NUM    0x0002 /* return numbers instead of TOK_PPNUM */
 348 #define PARSE_FLAG_LINEFEED   0x0004 /* line feed is returned as a
 349                                         token. line feed is also
 350                                         returned at eof */
 351 #define PARSE_FLAG_ASM_COMMENTS 0x0008 /* '#' can be used for line comment */
 352
 353 static Section *text_section, *data_section, *bss_section; /* predefined sections */
 354 static Section *cur_text_section; /* current section where function code is
 355                               generated */
 356 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_ASM
 357 static Section *last_text_section; /* to handle .previous asm directive */
 358 #endif
 359 /* bound check related sections */
 360 static Section *bounds_section; /* contains global data bound description */
 361 static Section *lbounds_section; /* contains local data bound description */
 362 /* symbol sections */
 363 static Section *symtab_section, *strtab_section;
 364
 365 /* debug sections */
 366 static Section *stab_section, *stabstr_section;
 367
 368 /* loc : local variable index
 369    ind : output code index
 370    rsym: return symbol
 371    anon_sym: anonymous symbol index
 372 */
 373 static int rsym, anon_sym, ind, loc;
 374 /* expression generation modifiers */
 375 static int const_wanted; /* true if constant wanted */
 376 static int nocode_wanted; /* true if no code generation wanted for an expression */
 377 static int global_expr;  /* true if compound literals must be allocated
 378                             globally (used during initializers parsing */
 379 static CType func_vt; /* current function return type (used by return
 380                          instruction) */
 381 static int func_vc;
 382 static int last_line_num, last_ind, func_ind; /* debug last line number and pc */
 383 static int tok_ident;
 384 static TokenSym **table_ident;
 385 static TokenSym *hash_ident[TOK_HASH_SIZE];
 386 static char token_buf[STRING_MAX_SIZE + 1];
 387 static char *funcname;
 388 static Sym *global_stack, *local_stack;
 389 static Sym *define_stack;
 390 static Sym *global_label_stack, *local_label_stack;
 391 /* symbol allocator */
 392 #define SYM_POOL_NB (8192 / sizeof(Sym))
 393 static Sym *sym_free_first;
 394 static void **sym_pools;
 395 static int nb_sym_pools;
 396
 397 static SValue vstack[VSTACK_SIZE], *vtop;
 398 /* some predefined types */
 399 static CType char_pointer_type, func_old_type, int_type;
 400 /* true if isid(c) || isnum(c) */
 401 static unsigned char isidnum_table[256-CH_EOF];
 402
 403 /* display some information during compilation */
 404 static int verbose = 0;
 405
 406 /* compile with debug symbol (and use them if error during execution) */
 407 static int do_debug = 0;
 408
 409 /* compile with built-in memory and bounds checker */
 410 static int do_bounds_check = 0;
 411
 412 /* display benchmark infos */
 413 #if !defined(LIBTCC)
 414 static int do_bench = 0;
 415 #endif
 416 static int total_lines;
 417 static int total_bytes;
 418
 419 /* use GNU C extensions */
 420 static int gnu_ext = 1;
 421
 422 /* use Tiny C extensions */
 423 static int tcc_ext = 1;
 424
 425 /* max number of callers shown if error */
 426 static int num_callers = 6;
 427 static const char **rt_bound_error_msg;
 428
 429 /* XXX: get rid of this ASAP */
 430 static struct TCCState *tcc_state;
 431
 432 /* give the path of the tcc libraries */
 433 static const char *tcc_lib_path = CONFIG_TCCDIR;
 434
 435 struct TCCState {
 436     int output_type;
 437
 438     BufferedFile **include_stack_ptr;
 439     int *ifdef_stack_ptr;
 440
 441     /* include file handling */
 442     char **include_paths;
 443     int nb_include_paths;
 444     char **sysinclude_paths;
 445     int nb_sysinclude_paths;
 446     CachedInclude **cached_includes;
 447     int nb_cached_includes;
 448
 449     char **library_paths;
 450     int nb_library_paths;
 451
 452     /* array of all loaded dlls (including those referenced by loaded
 453        dlls) */
 454     DLLReference **loaded_dlls;
 455     int nb_loaded_dlls;
 456
 457     /* sections */
 458     Section **sections;
 459     int nb_sections; /* number of sections, including first dummy section */
 460
 461     /* got handling */
 462     Section *got;
 463     Section *plt;
 464     unsigned long *got_offsets;
 465     int nb_got_offsets;
 466     /* give the correspondance from symtab indexes to dynsym indexes */
 467     int *symtab_to_dynsym;
 468
 469     /* temporary dynamic symbol sections (for dll loading) */
 470     Section *dynsymtab_section;
 471     /* exported dynamic symbol section */
 472     Section *dynsym;
 473
 474     int nostdinc; /* if true, no standard headers are added */
 475     int nostdlib; /* if true, no standard libraries are added */
 476
 477     int nocommon; /* if true, do not use common symbols for .bss data */
 478
 479     /* if true, static linking is performed */
 480     int static_link;
 481
 482     /* soname as specified on the command line (-soname) */
 483     const char *soname;
 484
 485     /* if true, all symbols are exported */
 486     int rdynamic;
 487
 488     /* if true, only link in referenced objects from archive */
 489     int alacarte_link;
 490
 491     /* address of text section */
 492     unsigned long text_addr;
 493     int has_text_addr;
 494
 495     /* output format, see TCC_OUTPUT_FORMAT_xxx */
 496     int output_format;
 497
 498     /* C language options */
 499     int char_is_unsigned;
 500     int leading_underscore;
 501
 502     /* warning switches */
 503     int warn_write_strings;
 504     int warn_unsupported;
 505     int warn_error;
 506     int warn_none;
 507     int warn_implicit_function_declaration;
 508
 509     /* error handling */
 510     void *error_opaque;
 511     void (*error_func)(void *opaque, const char *msg);
 512     int error_set_jmp_enabled;
 513     jmp_buf error_jmp_buf;
 514     int nb_errors;
 515
 516     /* tiny assembler state */
 517     Sym *asm_labels;
 518
 519     /* see include_stack_ptr */
 520     BufferedFile *include_stack[INCLUDE_STACK_SIZE];
 521
 522     /* see ifdef_stack_ptr */
 523     int ifdef_stack[IFDEF_STACK_SIZE];
 524
 525     /* see cached_includes */
 526     int cached_includes_hash[CACHED_INCLUDES_HASH_SIZE];
 527
 528     /* pack stack */
 529     int pack_stack[PACK_STACK_SIZE];
 530     int *pack_stack_ptr;
 531
 532     /* output file for preprocessing */
 533     FILE *outfile;
 534 };
 535
 536 /* The current value can be: */
 537 #define VT_VALMASK   0x00ff
 538 #define VT_CONST     0x00f0  /* constant in vc
 539                               (must be first non register value) */
 540 #define VT_LLOCAL    0x00f1  /* lvalue, offset on stack */
 541 #define VT_LOCAL     0x00f2  /* offset on stack */
 542 #define VT_CMP       0x00f3  /* the value is stored in processor flags (in vc) */
 543 #define VT_JMP       0x00f4  /* value is the consequence of jmp true (even) */
 544 #define VT_JMPI      0x00f5  /* value is the consequence of jmp false (odd) */
 545 #define VT_LVAL      0x0100  /* var is an lvalue */
 546 #define VT_SYM       0x0200  /* a symbol value is added */
 547 #define VT_MUSTCAST  0x0400  /* value must be casted to be correct (used for
 548                                 char/short stored in integer registers) */
 549 #define VT_MUSTBOUND 0x0800  /* bound checking must be done before
 550                                 dereferencing value */
 551 #define VT_BOUNDED   0x8000  /* value is bounded. The address of the
 552                                 bounding function call point is in vc */
 553 #define VT_LVAL_BYTE     0x1000  /* lvalue is a byte */
 554 #define VT_LVAL_SHORT    0x2000  /* lvalue is a short */
 555 #define VT_LVAL_UNSIGNED 0x4000  /* lvalue is unsigned */
 556 #define VT_LVAL_TYPE     (VT_LVAL_BYTE | VT_LVAL_SHORT | VT_LVAL_UNSIGNED)
 557
 558 /* types */
 559 #define VT_INT        0  /* integer type */
 560 #define VT_BYTE       1  /* signed byte type */
 561 #define VT_SHORT      2  /* short type */
 562 #define VT_VOID       3  /* void type */
 563 #define VT_PTR        4  /* pointer */
 564 #define VT_ENUM       5  /* enum definition */
 565 #define VT_FUNC       6  /* function type */
 566 #define VT_STRUCT     7  /* struct/union definition */
 567 #define VT_FLOAT      8  /* IEEE float */
 568 #define VT_DOUBLE     9  /* IEEE double */
 569 #define VT_LDOUBLE   10  /* IEEE long double */
 570 #define VT_BOOL      11  /* ISOC99 boolean type */
 571 #define VT_LLONG     12  /* 64 bit integer */
 572 #define VT_LONG      13  /* long integer (NEVER USED as type, only
 573                             during parsing) */
 574 #define VT_BTYPE      0x000f /* mask for basic type */
 575 #define VT_UNSIGNED   0x0010  /* unsigned type */
 576 #define VT_ARRAY      0x0020  /* array type (also has VT_PTR) */
 577 #define VT_BITFIELD   0x0040  /* bitfield modifier */
 578 #define VT_CONSTANT   0x0800  /* const modifier */
 579 #define VT_VOLATILE   0x1000  /* volatile modifier */
 580 #define VT_SIGNED     0x2000  /* signed type */
 581
 582 /* storage */
 583 #define VT_EXTERN  0x00000080  /* extern definition */
 584 #define VT_STATIC  0x00000100  /* static variable */
 585 #define VT_TYPEDEF 0x00000200  /* typedef definition */
 586 #define VT_INLINE  0x00000400  /* inline definition */
 587
 588 #define VT_STRUCT_SHIFT 16   /* shift for bitfield shift values */
 589
 590 /* type mask (except storage) */
 591 #define VT_STORAGE (VT_EXTERN | VT_STATIC | VT_TYPEDEF | VT_INLINE)
 592 #define VT_TYPE    (~(VT_STORAGE))
 593
 594 /* token values */
 595
 596 /* warning: the following compare tokens depend on i386 asm code */
 597 #define TOK_ULT 0x92
 598 #define TOK_UGE 0x93
 599 #define TOK_EQ  0x94
 600 #define TOK_NE  0x95
 601 #define TOK_ULE 0x96
 602 #define TOK_UGT 0x97
 603 #define TOK_Nset 0x98
 604 #define TOK_Nclear 0x99
 605 #define TOK_LT  0x9c
 606 #define TOK_GE  0x9d
 607 #define TOK_LE  0x9e
 608 #define TOK_GT  0x9f
 609
 610 #define TOK_LAND  0xa0
 611 #define TOK_LOR   0xa1
 612
 613 #define TOK_DEC   0xa2
 614 #define TOK_MID   0xa3 /* inc/dec, to void constant */
 615 #define TOK_INC   0xa4
 616 #define TOK_UDIV  0xb0 /* unsigned division */
 617 #define TOK_UMOD  0xb1 /* unsigned modulo */
 618 #define TOK_PDIV  0xb2 /* fast division with undefined rounding for pointers */
 619 #define TOK_CINT   0xb3 /* number in tokc */
 620 #define TOK_CCHAR 0xb4 /* char constant in tokc */
 621 #define TOK_STR   0xb5 /* pointer to string in tokc */
 622 #define TOK_TWOSHARPS 0xb6 /* ## preprocessing token */
 623 #define TOK_LCHAR    0xb7
 624 #define TOK_LSTR     0xb8
 625 #define TOK_CFLOAT   0xb9 /* float constant */
 626 #define TOK_LINENUM  0xba /* line number info */
 627 #define TOK_CDOUBLE  0xc0 /* double constant */
 628 #define TOK_CLDOUBLE 0xc1 /* long double constant */
 629 #define TOK_UMULL    0xc2 /* unsigned 32x32 -> 64 mul */
 630 #define TOK_ADDC1    0xc3 /* add with carry generation */
 631 #define TOK_ADDC2    0xc4 /* add with carry use */
 632 #define TOK_SUBC1    0xc5 /* add with carry generation */
 633 #define TOK_SUBC2    0xc6 /* add with carry use */
 634 #define TOK_CUINT    0xc8 /* unsigned int constant */
 635 #define TOK_CLLONG   0xc9 /* long long constant */
 636 #define TOK_CULLONG  0xca /* unsigned long long constant */
 637 #define TOK_ARROW    0xcb
 638 #define TOK_DOTS     0xcc /* three dots */
 639 #define TOK_SHR      0xcd /* unsigned shift right */
 640 #define TOK_PPNUM    0xce /* preprocessor number */
 641
 642 #define TOK_SHL   0x01 /* shift left */
 643 #define TOK_SAR   0x02 /* signed shift right */
 644
 645 /* assignement operators : normal operator or 0x80 */
 646 #define TOK_A_MOD 0xa5
 647 #define TOK_A_AND 0xa6
 648 #define TOK_A_MUL 0xaa
 649 #define TOK_A_ADD 0xab
 650 #define TOK_A_SUB 0xad
 651 #define TOK_A_DIV 0xaf
 652 #define TOK_A_XOR 0xde
 653 #define TOK_A_OR  0xfc
 654 #define TOK_A_SHL 0x81
 655 #define TOK_A_SAR 0x82
 656
 657 #ifndef offsetof
 658 #define offsetof(type, field) ((size_t) &((type *)0)->field)
 659 #endif
 660
 661 #ifndef countof
 662 #define countof(tab) (sizeof(tab) / sizeof((tab)[0]))
 663 #endif
 664
 665 /* WARNING: the content of this string encodes token numbers */
 666 static char tok_two_chars[] = "<=\236>=\235!=\225&&\240||\241++\244--\242==\224<<\1>>\2+=\253-=\255*=\252/=\257%=\245&=\246^=\336|=\374->\313..\250##\266";
 667
 668 #define TOK_EOF       (-1)  /* end of file */
 669 #define TOK_LINEFEED  10    /* line feed */
 670
 671 /* all identificators and strings have token above that */
 672 #define TOK_IDENT 256
 673
 674 /* only used for i386 asm opcodes definitions */
 675 #define DEF_ASM(x) DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x, #x)
 676
 677 #define DEF_BWL(x) \
 678  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x ## b, #x "b") \
 679  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x ## w, #x "w") \
 680  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x ## l, #x "l") \
 681  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x, #x)
 682
 683 #define DEF_WL(x) \
 684  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x ## w, #x "w") \
 685  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x ## l, #x "l") \
 686  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x, #x)
 687
 688 #define DEF_FP1(x) \
 689  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## f ## x ## s, "f" #x "s") \
 690  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## fi ## x ## l, "fi" #x "l") \
 691  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## f ## x ## l, "f" #x "l") \
 692  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## fi ## x ## s, "fi" #x "s")
 693
 694 #define DEF_FP(x) \
 695  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## f ## x, "f" #x ) \
 696  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## f ## x ## p, "f" #x "p") \
 697  DEF_FP1(x)
 698
 699 #define DEF_ASMTEST(x) \
 700  DEF_ASM(x ## o) \
 701  DEF_ASM(x ## no) \
 702  DEF_ASM(x ## b) \
 703  DEF_ASM(x ## c) \
 704  DEF_ASM(x ## nae) \
 705  DEF_ASM(x ## nb) \
 706  DEF_ASM(x ## nc) \
 707  DEF_ASM(x ## ae) \
 708  DEF_ASM(x ## e) \
 709  DEF_ASM(x ## z) \
 710  DEF_ASM(x ## ne) \
 711  DEF_ASM(x ## nz) \
 712  DEF_ASM(x ## be) \
 713  DEF_ASM(x ## na) \
 714  DEF_ASM(x ## nbe) \
 715  DEF_ASM(x ## a) \
 716  DEF_ASM(x ## s) \
 717  DEF_ASM(x ## ns) \
 718  DEF_ASM(x ## p) \
 719  DEF_ASM(x ## pe) \
 720  DEF_ASM(x ## np) \
 721  DEF_ASM(x ## po) \
 722  DEF_ASM(x ## l) \
 723  DEF_ASM(x ## nge) \
 724  DEF_ASM(x ## nl) \
 725  DEF_ASM(x ## ge) \
 726  DEF_ASM(x ## le) \
 727  DEF_ASM(x ## ng) \
 728  DEF_ASM(x ## nle) \
 729  DEF_ASM(x ## g)
 730
 731 #define TOK_ASM_int TOK_INT
 732
 733 enum tcc_token {
 734     TOK_LAST = TOK_IDENT - 1,
 735 #define DEF(id, str) id,
 736 #include "tcctok.h"
 737 #undef DEF
 738 };
 739
 740 static const char tcc_keywords[] =
 741 #define DEF(id, str) str "\0"
 742 #include "tcctok.h"
 743 #undef DEF
 744 ;
 745
 746 #define TOK_UIDENT TOK_DEFINE
 747
 748 #ifdef _WIN32
 749 #define snprintf _snprintf
 750 #define vsnprintf _vsnprintf
 751 #ifndef __GNUC__
 752   #define strtold (long double)strtod
 753   #define strtof (float)strtod
 754   #define strtoll (long long)strtol
 755 #endif
 756 #elif defined(TCC_UCLIBC) || defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__) \
 757     || defined(__OpenBSD__)
 758 /* currently incorrect */
 759 long double strtold(const char *nptr, char **endptr)
 760 {
 761     return (long double)strtod(nptr, endptr);
 762 }
 763 float strtof(const char *nptr, char **endptr)
 764 {
 765     return (float)strtod(nptr, endptr);
 766 }
 767 #else
 768 /* XXX: need to define this to use them in non ISOC99 context */
 769 extern float strtof (const char *__nptr, char **__endptr);
 770 extern long double strtold (const char *__nptr, char **__endptr);
 771 #endif
 772
 773 static char *pstrcpy(char *buf, int buf_size, const char *s);
 774 static char *pstrcat(char *buf, int buf_size, const char *s);
 775 static char *tcc_basename(const char *name);
 776 static char *tcc_fileextension (const char *p);
 777
 778 static void next(void);
 779 static void next_nomacro(void);
 780 static void parse_expr_type(CType *type);
 781 static void expr_type(CType *type);
 782 static void unary_type(CType *type);
 783 static void block(int *bsym, int *csym, int *case_sym, int *def_sym,
 784                   int case_reg, int is_expr);
 785 static int expr_const(void);
 786 static void expr_eq(void);
 787 static void gexpr(void);
 788 static void gen_inline_functions(void);
 789 static void decl(int l);
 790 static void decl_initializer(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long c,
 791                              int first, int size_only);
 792 static void decl_initializer_alloc(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int r,
 793                                    int has_init, int v, int scope);
 794 int gv(int rc);
 795 void gv2(int rc1, int rc2);
 796 void move_reg(int r, int s);
 797 void save_regs(int n);
 798 void save_reg(int r);
 799 void vpop(void);
 800 void vswap(void);
 801 void vdup(void);
 802 int get_reg(int rc);
 803 int get_reg_ex(int rc,int rc2);
 804
 805 struct macro_level {
 806     struct macro_level *prev;
 807     int *p;
 808 };
 809
 810 static void macro_subst(TokenString *tok_str, Sym **nested_list,
 811                         const int *macro_str, struct macro_level **can_read_stream);
 812 void gen_op(int op);
 813 void force_charshort_cast(int t);
 814 static void gen_cast(CType *type);
 815 void vstore(void);
 816 static Sym *sym_find(int v);
 817 static Sym *sym_push(int v, CType *type, int r, int c);
 818
 819 /* type handling */
 820 static int type_size(CType *type, int *a);
 821 static inline CType *pointed_type(CType *type);
 822 static int pointed_size(CType *type);
 823 static int lvalue_type(int t);
 824 static int parse_btype(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad);
 825 static void type_decl(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int *v, int td);
 826 static int compare_types(CType *type1, CType *type2, int unqualified);
 827 static int is_compatible_types(CType *type1, CType *type2);
 828 static int is_compatible_parameter_types(CType *type1, CType *type2);
 829
 830 int ieee_finite(double d);
 831 void error(const char *fmt, ...);
 832 void vpushi(int v);
 833 void vrott(int n);
 834 void vnrott(int n);
 835 void lexpand_nr(void);
 836 static void vpush_global_sym(CType *type, int v);
 837 void vset(CType *type, int r, int v);
 838 void type_to_str(char *buf, int buf_size,
 839                  CType *type, const char *varstr);
 840 char *get_tok_str(int v, CValue *cv);
 841 static Sym *get_sym_ref(CType *type, Section *sec,
 842                         unsigned long offset, unsigned long size);
 843 static Sym *external_global_sym(int v, CType *type, int r);
 844
 845 /* section generation */
 846 static void section_realloc(Section *sec, unsigned long new_size);
 847 static void *section_ptr_add(Section *sec, unsigned long size);
 848 static void put_extern_sym(Sym *sym, Section *section,
 849                            unsigned long value, unsigned long size);
 850 static void greloc(Section *s, Sym *sym, unsigned long addr, int type);
 851 static int put_elf_str(Section *s, const char *sym);
 852 static int put_elf_sym(Section *s,
 853                        unsigned long value, unsigned long size,
 854                        int info, int other, int shndx, const char *name);
 855 static int add_elf_sym(Section *s, unsigned long value, unsigned long size,
 856                        int info, int other, int sh_num, const char *name);
 857 static void put_elf_reloc(Section *symtab, Section *s, unsigned long offset,
 858                           int type, int symbol);
 859 static void put_stabs(const char *str, int type, int other, int desc,
 860                       unsigned long value);
 861 static void put_stabs_r(const char *str, int type, int other, int desc,
 862                         unsigned long value, Section *sec, int sym_index);
 863 static void put_stabn(int type, int other, int desc, int value);
 864 static void put_stabd(int type, int other, int desc);
 865 static int tcc_add_dll(TCCState *s, const char *filename, int flags);
 866
 867 #define AFF_PRINT_ERROR     0x0001 /* print error if file not found */
 868 #define AFF_REFERENCED_DLL  0x0002 /* load a referenced dll from another dll */
 869 #define AFF_PREPROCESS      0x0004 /* preprocess file */
 870 static int tcc_add_file_internal(TCCState *s, const char *filename, int flags);
 871
 872 /* tcccoff.c */
 873 int tcc_output_coff(TCCState *s1, FILE *f);
 874
 875 /* tccpe.c */
 876 void *resolve_sym(TCCState *s1, const char *sym, int type);
 877 int pe_load_def_file(struct TCCState *s1, int fd);
 878 int pe_test_res_file(void *v, int size);
 879 int pe_load_res_file(struct TCCState *s1, int fd);
 880 void pe_add_runtime(struct TCCState *s1);
 881 void pe_guess_outfile(char *objfilename, int output_type);
 882 int pe_output_file(struct TCCState *s1, const char *filename);
 883
 884 /* tccasm.c */
 885
 886 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_ASM
 887
 888 typedef struct ExprValue {
 889     uint32_t v;
 890     Sym *sym;
 891 } ExprValue;
 892
 893 #define MAX_ASM_OPERANDS 30
 894
 895 typedef struct ASMOperand {
 896     int id; /* GCC 3 optionnal identifier (0 if number only supported */
 897     char *constraint;
 898     char asm_str[16]; /* computed asm string for operand */
 899     SValue *vt; /* C value of the expression */
 900     int ref_index; /* if >= 0, gives reference to a output constraint */
 901     int input_index; /* if >= 0, gives reference to an input constraint */
 902     int priority; /* priority, used to assign registers */
 903     int reg; /* if >= 0, register number used for this operand */
 904     int is_llong; /* true if double register value */
 905     int is_memory; /* true if memory operand */
 906     int is_rw;     /* for '+' modifier */
 907 } ASMOperand;
 908
 909 static void asm_expr(TCCState *s1, ExprValue *pe);
 910 static int asm_int_expr(TCCState *s1);
 911 static int find_constraint(ASMOperand *operands, int nb_operands,
 912                            const char *name, const char **pp);
 913
 914 static int tcc_assemble(TCCState *s1, int do_preprocess);
 915
 916 #endif
 917
 918 static void asm_instr(void);
 919 static void asm_global_instr(void);
 920
 921 /* true if float/double/long double type */
 922 static inline int is_float(int t)
 923 {
 924     int bt;
 925     bt = t & VT_BTYPE;
 926     return bt == VT_LDOUBLE || bt == VT_DOUBLE || bt == VT_FLOAT;
 927 }
 928
 929 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
 930 #include "i386-gen.c"
 931 #endif
 932
 933 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM
 934 #include "arm-gen.c"
 935 #endif
 936
 937 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_C67
 938 #include "c67-gen.c"
 939 #endif
 940
 941 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_STATIC
 942
 943 #define RTLD_LAZY       0x001
 944 #define RTLD_NOW        0x002
 945 #define RTLD_GLOBAL     0x100
 946 #define RTLD_DEFAULT    NULL
 947
 948 /* dummy function for profiling */
 949 void *dlopen(const char *filename, int flag)
 950 {
 951     return NULL;
 952 }
 953
 954 const char *dlerror(void)
 955 {
 956     return "error";
 957 }
 958
 959 typedef struct TCCSyms {
 960     char *str;
 961     void *ptr;
 962 } TCCSyms;
 963
 964 #define TCCSYM(a) { #a, &a, },
 965
 966 /* add the symbol you want here if no dynamic linking is done */
 967 static TCCSyms tcc_syms[] = {
 968 #if !defined(CONFIG_TCCBOOT)
 969     TCCSYM(printf)
 970     TCCSYM(fprintf)
 971     TCCSYM(fopen)
 972     TCCSYM(fclose)
 973 #endif
 974     { NULL, NULL },
 975 };
 976
 977 void *resolve_sym(TCCState *s1, const char *symbol, int type)
 978 {
 979     TCCSyms *p;
 980     p = tcc_syms;
 981     while (p->str != NULL) {
 982         if (!strcmp(p->str, symbol))
 983             return p->ptr;
 984         p++;
 985     }
 986     return NULL;
 987 }
 988
 989 #elif !defined(_WIN32)
 990
 991 #include <dlfcn.h>
 992
 993 void *resolve_sym(TCCState *s1, const char *sym, int type)
 994 {
 995     return dlsym(RTLD_DEFAULT, sym);
 996 }
 997
 998 #endif
 999
1000 /********************************************************/
1001
1002 /* we use our own 'finite' function to avoid potential problems with
1003    non standard math libs */
1004 /* XXX: endianness dependent */
1005 int ieee_finite(double d)
1006 {
1007     int *p = (int *)&d;
1008     return ((unsigned)((p[1] | 0x800fffff) + 1)) >> 31;
1009 }
1010
1011 /* copy a string and truncate it. */
1012 static char *pstrcpy(char *buf, int buf_size, const char *s)
1013 {
1014     char *q, *q_end;
1015     int c;
1016
1017     if (buf_size > 0) {
1018         q = buf;
1019         q_end = buf + buf_size - 1;
1020         while (q < q_end) {
1021             c = *s++;
1022             if (c == '\0')
1023                 break;
1024             *q++ = c;
1025         }
1026         *q = '\0';
1027     }
1028     return buf;
1029 }
1030
1031 /* strcat and truncate. */
1032 static char *pstrcat(char *buf, int buf_size, const char *s)
1033 {
1034     int len;
1035     len = strlen(buf);
1036     if (len < buf_size)
1037         pstrcpy(buf + len, buf_size - len, s);
1038     return buf;
1039 }
1040
1041 #ifndef LIBTCC
1042 static int strstart(const char *str, const char *val, const char **ptr)
1043 {
1044     const char *p, *q;
1045     p = str;
1046     q = val;
1047     while (*q != '\0') {
1048         if (*p != *q)
1049             return 0;
1050         p++;
1051         q++;
1052     }
1053     if (ptr)
1054         *ptr = p;
1055     return 1;
1056 }
1057 #endif
1058
1059 /* extract the basename of a file */
1060 static char *tcc_basename(const char *name)
1061 {
1062     char *p = strchr(name, 0);
1063     while (p > name
1064         && p[-1] != '/'
1065 #ifdef _WIN32
1066         && p[-1] != '\\'
1067 #endif
1068         )
1069         --p;
1070     return p;
1071 }
1072
1073 static char *tcc_fileextension (const char *name)
1074 {
1075     char *b = tcc_basename(name);
1076     char *e = strrchr(b, '.');
1077     return e ? e : strchr(b, 0);
1078 }
1079
1080 #ifdef _WIN32
1081 char *normalize_slashes(char *path)
1082 {
1083     char *p;
1084     for (p = path; *p; ++p)
1085         if (*p == '\\')
1086             *p = '/';
1087     return path;
1088 }
1089
1090 char *w32_tcc_lib_path(void)
1091 {
1092     /* on win32, we suppose the lib and includes are at the location
1093        of 'tcc.exe' */
1094     char path[1024], *p;
1095     GetModuleFileNameA(NULL, path, sizeof path);
1096     p = tcc_basename(normalize_slashes(strlwr(path)));
1097     if (p - 5 > path && 0 == strncmp(p - 5, "/bin/", 5))
1098         p -= 5;
1099     else if (p > path)
1100         p--;
1101     *p = 0;
1102     return strdup(path);
1103 }
1104 #endif
1105
1106 void set_pages_executable(void *ptr, unsigned long length)
1107 {
1108 #ifdef _WIN32
1109     unsigned long old_protect;
1110     VirtualProtect(ptr, length, PAGE_EXECUTE_READWRITE, &old_protect);
1111 #else
1112     unsigned long start, end;
1113     start = (unsigned long)ptr & ~(PAGESIZE - 1);
1114     end = (unsigned long)ptr + length;
1115     end = (end + PAGESIZE - 1) & ~(PAGESIZE - 1);
1116     mprotect((void *)start, end - start, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE | PROT_EXEC);
1117 #endif
1118 }
1119
1120 /* memory management */
1121 #ifdef MEM_DEBUG
1122 int mem_cur_size;
1123 int mem_max_size;
1124 unsigned malloc_usable_size(void*);
1125 #endif
1126
1127 static inline void tcc_free(void *ptr)
1128 {
1129 #ifdef MEM_DEBUG
1130     mem_cur_size -= malloc_usable_size(ptr);
1131 #endif
1132     free(ptr);
1133 }
1134
1135 static void *tcc_malloc(unsigned long size)
1136 {
1137     void *ptr;
1138     ptr = malloc(size);
1139     if (!ptr && size)
1140         error("memory full");
1141 #ifdef MEM_DEBUG
1142     mem_cur_size += malloc_usable_size(ptr);
1143     if (mem_cur_size > mem_max_size)
1144         mem_max_size = mem_cur_size;
1145 #endif
1146     return ptr;
1147 }
1148
1149 static void *tcc_mallocz(unsigned long size)
1150 {
1151     void *ptr;
1152     ptr = tcc_malloc(size);
1153     memset(ptr, 0, size);
1154     return ptr;
1155 }
1156
1157 static inline void *tcc_realloc(void *ptr, unsigned long size)
1158 {
1159     void *ptr1;
1160 #ifdef MEM_DEBUG
1161     mem_cur_size -= malloc_usable_size(ptr);
1162 #endif
1163     ptr1 = realloc(ptr, size);
1164 #ifdef MEM_DEBUG
1165     /* NOTE: count not correct if alloc error, but not critical */
1166     mem_cur_size += malloc_usable_size(ptr1);
1167     if (mem_cur_size > mem_max_size)
1168         mem_max_size = mem_cur_size;
1169 #endif
1170     return ptr1;
1171 }
1172
1173 static char *tcc_strdup(const char *str)
1174 {
1175     char *ptr;
1176     ptr = tcc_malloc(strlen(str) + 1);
1177     strcpy(ptr, str);
1178     return ptr;
1179 }
1180
1181 #define free(p) use_tcc_free(p)
1182 #define malloc(s) use_tcc_malloc(s)
1183 #define realloc(p, s) use_tcc_realloc(p, s)
1184
1185 static void dynarray_add(void ***ptab, int *nb_ptr, void *data)
1186 {
1187     int nb, nb_alloc;
1188     void **pp;
1189
1190     nb = *nb_ptr;
1191     pp = *ptab;
1192     /* every power of two we double array size */
1193     if ((nb & (nb - 1)) == 0) {
1194         if (!nb)
1195             nb_alloc = 1;
1196         else
1197             nb_alloc = nb * 2;
1198         pp = tcc_realloc(pp, nb_alloc * sizeof(void *));
1199         if (!pp)
1200             error("memory full");
1201         *ptab = pp;
1202     }
1203     pp[nb++] = data;
1204     *nb_ptr = nb;
1205 }
1206
1207 static void dynarray_reset(void *pp, int *n)
1208 {
1209     void **p;
1210     for (p = *(void***)pp; *n; ++p, --*n)
1211         if (*p)
1212             tcc_free(*p);
1213     tcc_free(*(void**)pp);
1214     *(void**)pp = NULL;
1215 }
1216
1217 /* symbol allocator */
1218 static Sym *__sym_malloc(void)
1219 {
1220     Sym *sym_pool, *sym, *last_sym;
1221     int i;
1222
1223     sym_pool = tcc_malloc(SYM_POOL_NB * sizeof(Sym));
1224     dynarray_add(&sym_pools, &nb_sym_pools, sym_pool);
1225
1226     last_sym = sym_free_first;
1227     sym = sym_pool;
1228     for(i = 0; i < SYM_POOL_NB; i++) {
1229         sym->next = last_sym;
1230         last_sym = sym;
1231         sym++;
1232     }
1233     sym_free_first = last_sym;
1234     return last_sym;
1235 }
1236
1237 static inline Sym *sym_malloc(void)
1238 {
1239     Sym *sym;
1240     sym = sym_free_first;
1241     if (!sym)
1242         sym = __sym_malloc();
1243     sym_free_first = sym->next;
1244     return sym;
1245 }
1246
1247 static inline void sym_free(Sym *sym)
1248 {
1249     sym->next = sym_free_first;
1250     sym_free_first = sym;
1251 }
1252
1253 Section *new_section(TCCState *s1, const char *name, int sh_type, int sh_flags)
1254 {
1255     Section *sec;
1256
1257     sec = tcc_mallocz(sizeof(Section) + strlen(name));
1258     strcpy(sec->name, name);
1259     sec->sh_type = sh_type;
1260     sec->sh_flags = sh_flags;
1261     switch(sh_type) {
1262     case SHT_HASH:
1263     case SHT_REL:
1264     case SHT_DYNSYM:
1265     case SHT_SYMTAB:
1266     case SHT_DYNAMIC:
1267         sec->sh_addralign = 4;
1268         break;
1269     case SHT_STRTAB:
1270         sec->sh_addralign = 1;
1271         break;
1272     default:
1273         sec->sh_addralign = 32; /* default conservative alignment */
1274         break;
1275     }
1276
1277     /* only add section if not private */
1278     if (!(sh_flags & SHF_PRIVATE)) {
1279         sec->sh_num = s1->nb_sections;
1280         dynarray_add((void ***)&s1->sections, &s1->nb_sections, sec);
1281     }
1282     return sec;
1283 }
1284
1285 static void free_section(Section *s)
1286 {
1287     if (s->link && (s->link->sh_flags & SHF_PRIVATE))
1288         free_section(s->link);
1289     if (s->hash && (s->link->sh_flags & SHF_PRIVATE))
1290         s->hash->link = NULL, free_section(s->hash);
1291     tcc_free(s->data);
1292     tcc_free(s);
1293 }
1294
1295 /* realloc section and set its content to zero */
1296 static void section_realloc(Section *sec, unsigned long new_size)
1297 {
1298     unsigned long size;
1299     unsigned char *data;
1300
1301     size = sec->data_allocated;
1302     if (size == 0)
1303         size = 1;
1304     while (size < new_size)
1305         size = size * 2;
1306     data = tcc_realloc(sec->data, size);
1307     if (!data)
1308         error("memory full");
1309     memset(data + sec->data_allocated, 0, size - sec->data_allocated);
1310     sec->data = data;
1311     sec->data_allocated = size;
1312 }
1313
1314 /* reserve at least 'size' bytes in section 'sec' from
1315    sec->data_offset. */
1316 static void *section_ptr_add(Section *sec, unsigned long size)
1317 {
1318     unsigned long offset, offset1;
1319
1320     offset = sec->data_offset;
1321     offset1 = offset + size;
1322     if (offset1 > sec->data_allocated)
1323         section_realloc(sec, offset1);
1324     sec->data_offset = offset1;
1325     return sec->data + offset;
1326 }
1327
1328 /* return a reference to a section, and create it if it does not
1329    exists */
1330 Section *find_section(TCCState *s1, const char *name)
1331 {
1332     Section *sec;
1333     int i;
1334     for(i = 1; i < s1->nb_sections; i++) {
1335         sec = s1->sections[i];
1336         if (!strcmp(name, sec->name))
1337             return sec;
1338     }
1339     /* sections are created as PROGBITS */
1340     return new_section(s1, name, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC);
1341 }
1342
1343 #define SECTION_ABS ((void *)1)
1344
1345 /* update sym->c so that it points to an external symbol in section
1346    'section' with value 'value' */
1347 static void put_extern_sym2(Sym *sym, Section *section,
1348                             unsigned long value, unsigned long size,
1349                             int can_add_underscore)
1350 {
1351     int sym_type, sym_bind, sh_num, info, other, attr;
1352     Elf32_Sym *esym;
1353     const char *name;
1354     char buf1[256];
1355
1356     if (section == NULL)
1357         sh_num = SHN_UNDEF;
1358     else if (section == SECTION_ABS)
1359         sh_num = SHN_ABS;
1360     else
1361         sh_num = section->sh_num;
1362
1363     other = attr = 0;
1364
1365     if ((sym->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
1366         sym_type = STT_FUNC;
1367 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
1368         if (sym->type.ref)
1369             attr = sym->type.ref->r;
1370         if (FUNC_EXPORT(attr))
1371             other |= 1;
1372         if (FUNC_CALL(attr) == FUNC_STDCALL)
1373             other |= 2;
1374 #endif
1375     } else {
1376         sym_type = STT_OBJECT;
1377     }
1378
1379     if (sym->type.t & VT_STATIC)
1380         sym_bind = STB_LOCAL;
1381     else
1382         sym_bind = STB_GLOBAL;
1383
1384     if (!sym->c) {
1385         name = get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL);
1386 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
1387         if (do_bounds_check) {
1388             char buf[32];
1389
1390             /* XXX: avoid doing that for statics ? */
1391             /* if bound checking is activated, we change some function
1392                names by adding the "__bound" prefix */
1393             switch(sym->v) {
1394 #if 0
1395             /* XXX: we rely only on malloc hooks */
1396             case TOK_malloc:
1397             case TOK_free:
1398             case TOK_realloc:
1399             case TOK_memalign:
1400             case TOK_calloc:
1401 #endif
1402             case TOK_memcpy:
1403             case TOK_memmove:
1404             case TOK_memset:
1405             case TOK_strlen:
1406             case TOK_strcpy:
1407             case TOK__alloca:
1408                 strcpy(buf, "__bound_");
1409                 strcat(buf, name);
1410                 name = buf;
1411                 break;
1412             }
1413         }
1414 #endif
1415
1416 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
1417         if ((other & 2) && can_add_underscore) {
1418             sprintf(buf1, "_%s@%d", name, FUNC_ARGS(attr));
1419             name = buf1;
1420         } else
1421 #endif
1422         if (tcc_state->leading_underscore && can_add_underscore) {
1423             buf1[0] = '_';
1424             pstrcpy(buf1 + 1, sizeof(buf1) - 1, name);
1425             name = buf1;
1426         }
1427         info = ELF32_ST_INFO(sym_bind, sym_type);
1428         sym->c = add_elf_sym(symtab_section, value, size, info, other, sh_num, name);
1429     } else {
1430         esym = &((Elf32_Sym *)symtab_section->data)[sym->c];
1431         esym->st_value = value;
1432         esym->st_size = size;
1433         esym->st_shndx = sh_num;
1434         esym->st_other |= other;
1435     }
1436 }
1437
1438 static void put_extern_sym(Sym *sym, Section *section,
1439                            unsigned long value, unsigned long size)
1440 {
1441     put_extern_sym2(sym, section, value, size, 1);
1442 }
1443
1444 /* add a new relocation entry to symbol 'sym' in section 's' */
1445 static void greloc(Section *s, Sym *sym, unsigned long offset, int type)
1446 {
1447     if (!sym->c)
1448         put_extern_sym(sym, NULL, 0, 0);
1449     /* now we can add ELF relocation info */
1450     put_elf_reloc(symtab_section, s, offset, type, sym->c);
1451 }
1452
1453 static inline int isid(int c)
1454 {
1455     return (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') ||
1456         (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z') ||
1457         c == '_';
1458 }
1459
1460 static inline int isnum(int c)
1461 {
1462     return c >= '0' && c <= '9';
1463 }
1464
1465 static inline int isoct(int c)
1466 {
1467     return c >= '0' && c <= '7';
1468 }
1469
1470 static inline int toup(int c)
1471 {
1472     if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
1473         return c - 'a' + 'A';
1474     else
1475         return c;
1476 }
1477
1478 static void strcat_vprintf(char *buf, int buf_size, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
1479 {
1480     int len;
1481     len = strlen(buf);
1482     vsnprintf(buf + len, buf_size - len, fmt, ap);
1483 }
1484
1485 static void strcat_printf(char *buf, int buf_size, const char *fmt, ...)
1486 {
1487     va_list ap;
1488     va_start(ap, fmt);
1489     strcat_vprintf(buf, buf_size, fmt, ap);
1490     va_end(ap);
1491 }
1492
1493 void error1(TCCState *s1, int is_warning, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
1494 {
1495     char buf[2048];
1496     BufferedFile **f;
1497
1498     buf[0] = '\0';
1499     if (file) {
1500         for(f = s1->include_stack; f < s1->include_stack_ptr; f++)
1501             strcat_printf(buf, sizeof(buf), "In file included from %s:%d:\n",
1502                           (*f)->filename, (*f)->line_num);
1503         if (file->line_num > 0) {
1504             strcat_printf(buf, sizeof(buf),
1505                           "%s:%d: ", file->filename, file->line_num);
1506         } else {
1507             strcat_printf(buf, sizeof(buf),
1508                           "%s: ", file->filename);
1509         }
1510     } else {
1511         strcat_printf(buf, sizeof(buf),
1512                       "tcc: ");
1513     }
1514     if (is_warning)
1515         strcat_printf(buf, sizeof(buf), "warning: ");
1516     strcat_vprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), fmt, ap);
1517
1518     if (!s1->error_func) {
1519         /* default case: stderr */
1520         fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", buf);
1521     } else {
1522         s1->error_func(s1->error_opaque, buf);
1523     }
1524     if (!is_warning || s1->warn_error)
1525         s1->nb_errors++;
1526 }
1527
1528 #ifdef LIBTCC
1529 void tcc_set_error_func(TCCState *s, void *error_opaque,
1530                         void (*error_func)(void *opaque, const char *msg))
1531 {
1532     s->error_opaque = error_opaque;
1533     s->error_func = error_func;
1534 }
1535 #endif
1536
1537 /* error without aborting current compilation */
1538 void error_noabort(const char *fmt, ...)
1539 {
1540     TCCState *s1 = tcc_state;
1541     va_list ap;
1542
1543     va_start(ap, fmt);
1544     error1(s1, 0, fmt, ap);
1545     va_end(ap);
1546 }
1547
1548 void error(const char *fmt, ...)
1549 {
1550     TCCState *s1 = tcc_state;
1551     va_list ap;
1552
1553     va_start(ap, fmt);
1554     error1(s1, 0, fmt, ap);
1555     va_end(ap);
1556     /* better than nothing: in some cases, we accept to handle errors */
1557     if (s1->error_set_jmp_enabled) {
1558         longjmp(s1->error_jmp_buf, 1);
1559     } else {
1560         /* XXX: eliminate this someday */
1561         exit(1);
1562     }
1563 }
1564
1565 void expect(const char *msg)
1566 {
1567     error("%s expected", msg);
1568 }
1569
1570 void warning(const char *fmt, ...)
1571 {
1572     TCCState *s1 = tcc_state;
1573     va_list ap;
1574
1575     if (s1->warn_none)
1576         return;
1577
1578     va_start(ap, fmt);
1579     error1(s1, 1, fmt, ap);
1580     va_end(ap);
1581 }
1582
1583 void skip(int c)
1584 {
1585     if (tok != c)
1586         error("'%c' expected", c);
1587     next();
1588 }
1589
1590 static void test_lvalue(void)
1591 {
1592     if (!(vtop->r & VT_LVAL))
1593         expect("lvalue");
1594 }
1595
1596 /* allocate a new token */
1597 static TokenSym *tok_alloc_new(TokenSym **pts, const char *str, int len)
1598 {
1599     TokenSym *ts, **ptable;
1600     int i;
1601
1602     if (tok_ident >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM)
1603         error("memory full");
1604
1605     /* expand token table if needed */
1606     i = tok_ident - TOK_IDENT;
1607     if ((i % TOK_ALLOC_INCR) == 0) {
1608         ptable = tcc_realloc(table_ident, (i + TOK_ALLOC_INCR) * sizeof(TokenSym *));
1609         if (!ptable)
1610             error("memory full");
1611         table_ident = ptable;
1612     }
1613
1614     ts = tcc_malloc(sizeof(TokenSym) + len);
1615     table_ident[i] = ts;
1616     ts->tok = tok_ident++;
1617     ts->sym_define = NULL;
1618     ts->sym_label = NULL;
1619     ts->sym_struct = NULL;
1620     ts->sym_identifier = NULL;
1621     ts->len = len;
1622     ts->hash_next = NULL;
1623     memcpy(ts->str, str, len);
1624     ts->str[len] = '\0';
1625     *pts = ts;
1626     return ts;
1627 }
1628
1629 #define TOK_HASH_INIT 1
1630 #define TOK_HASH_FUNC(h, c) ((h) * 263 + (c))
1631
1632 /* find a token and add it if not found */
1633 static TokenSym *tok_alloc(const char *str, int len)
1634 {
1635     TokenSym *ts, **pts;
1636     int i;
1637     unsigned int h;
1638
1639     h = TOK_HASH_INIT;
1640     for(i=0;i<len;i++)
1641         h = TOK_HASH_FUNC(h, ((unsigned char *)str)[i]);
1642     h &= (TOK_HASH_SIZE - 1);
1643
1644     pts = &hash_ident[h];
1645     for(;;) {
1646         ts = *pts;
1647         if (!ts)
1648             break;
1649         if (ts->len == len && !memcmp(ts->str, str, len))
1650             return ts;
1651         pts = &(ts->hash_next);
1652     }
1653     return tok_alloc_new(pts, str, len);
1654 }
1655
1656 /* CString handling */
1657
1658 static void cstr_realloc(CString *cstr, int new_size)
1659 {
1660     int size;
1661     void *data;
1662
1663     size = cstr->size_allocated;
1664     if (size == 0)
1665         size = 8; /* no need to allocate a too small first string */
1666     while (size < new_size)
1667         size = size * 2;
1668     data = tcc_realloc(cstr->data_allocated, size);
1669     if (!data)
1670         error("memory full");
1671     cstr->data_allocated = data;
1672     cstr->size_allocated = size;
1673     cstr->data = data;
1674 }
1675
1676 /* add a byte */
1677 static inline void cstr_ccat(CString *cstr, int ch)
1678 {
1679     int size;
1680     size = cstr->size + 1;
1681     if (size > cstr->size_allocated)
1682         cstr_realloc(cstr, size);
1683     ((unsigned char *)cstr->data)[size - 1] = ch;
1684     cstr->size = size;
1685 }
1686
1687 static void cstr_cat(CString *cstr, const char *str)
1688 {
1689     int c;
1690     for(;;) {
1691         c = *str;
1692         if (c == '\0')
1693             break;
1694         cstr_ccat(cstr, c);
1695         str++;
1696     }
1697 }
1698
1699 /* add a wide char */
1700 static void cstr_wccat(CString *cstr, int ch)
1701 {
1702     int size;
1703     size = cstr->size + sizeof(nwchar_t);
1704     if (size > cstr->size_allocated)
1705         cstr_realloc(cstr, size);
1706     *(nwchar_t *)(((unsigned char *)cstr->data) + size - sizeof(nwchar_t)) = ch;
1707     cstr->size = size;
1708 }
1709
1710 static void cstr_new(CString *cstr)
1711 {
1712     memset(cstr, 0, sizeof(CString));
1713 }
1714
1715 /* free string and reset it to NULL */
1716 static void cstr_free(CString *cstr)
1717 {
1718     tcc_free(cstr->data_allocated);
1719     cstr_new(cstr);
1720 }
1721
1722 #define cstr_reset(cstr) cstr_free(cstr)
1723
1724 /* XXX: unicode ? */
1725 static void add_char(CString *cstr, int c)
1726 {
1727     if (c == '\'' || c == '\"' || c == '\\') {
1728         /* XXX: could be more precise if char or string */
1729         cstr_ccat(cstr, '\\');
1730     }
1731     if (c >= 32 && c <= 126) {
1732         cstr_ccat(cstr, c);
1733     } else {
1734         cstr_ccat(cstr, '\\');
1735         if (c == '\n') {
1736             cstr_ccat(cstr, 'n');
1737         } else {
1738             cstr_ccat(cstr, '0' + ((c >> 6) & 7));
1739             cstr_ccat(cstr, '0' + ((c >> 3) & 7));
1740             cstr_ccat(cstr, '0' + (c & 7));
1741         }
1742     }
1743 }
1744
1745 /* XXX: buffer overflow */
1746 /* XXX: float tokens */
1747 char *get_tok_str(int v, CValue *cv)
1748 {
1749     static char buf[STRING_MAX_SIZE + 1];
1750     static CString cstr_buf;
1751     CString *cstr;
1752     unsigned char *q;
1753     char *p;
1754     int i, len;
1755
1756     /* NOTE: to go faster, we give a fixed buffer for small strings */
1757     cstr_reset(&cstr_buf);
1758     cstr_buf.data = buf;
1759     cstr_buf.size_allocated = sizeof(buf);
1760     p = buf;
1761
1762     switch(v) {
1763     case TOK_CINT:
1764     case TOK_CUINT:
1765         /* XXX: not quite exact, but only useful for testing */
1766         sprintf(p, "%u", cv->ui);
1767         break;
1768     case TOK_CLLONG:
1769     case TOK_CULLONG:
1770         /* XXX: not quite exact, but only useful for testing  */
1771         sprintf(p, "%Lu", cv->ull);
1772         break;
1773     case TOK_CCHAR:
1774     case TOK_LCHAR:
1775         cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\'');
1776         add_char(&cstr_buf, cv->i);
1777         cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\'');
1778         cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\0');
1779         break;
1780     case TOK_PPNUM:
1781         cstr = cv->cstr;
1782         len = cstr->size - 1;
1783         for(i=0;i<len;i++)
1784             add_char(&cstr_buf, ((unsigned char *)cstr->data)[i]);
1785         cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\0');
1786         break;
1787     case TOK_STR:
1788     case TOK_LSTR:
1789         cstr = cv->cstr;
1790         cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\"');
1791         if (v == TOK_STR) {
1792             len = cstr->size - 1;
1793             for(i=0;i<len;i++)
1794                 add_char(&cstr_buf, ((unsigned char *)cstr->data)[i]);
1795         } else {
1796             len = (cstr->size / sizeof(nwchar_t)) - 1;
1797             for(i=0;i<len;i++)
1798                 add_char(&cstr_buf, ((nwchar_t *)cstr->data)[i]);
1799         }
1800         cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\"');
1801         cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\0');
1802         break;
1803     case TOK_LT:
1804         v = '<';
1805         goto addv;
1806     case TOK_GT:
1807         v = '>';
1808         goto addv;
1809     case TOK_DOTS:
1810         return strcpy(p, "...");
1811     case TOK_A_SHL:
1812         return strcpy(p, "<<=");
1813     case TOK_A_SAR:
1814         return strcpy(p, ">>=");
1815     default:
1816         if (v < TOK_IDENT) {
1817             /* search in two bytes table */
1818             q = tok_two_chars;
1819             while (*q) {
1820                 if (q[2] == v) {
1821                     *p++ = q[0];
1822                     *p++ = q[1];
1823                     *p = '\0';
1824                     return buf;
1825                 }
1826                 q += 3;
1827             }
1828         addv:
1829             *p++ = v;
1830             *p = '\0';
1831         } else if (v < tok_ident) {
1832             return table_ident[v - TOK_IDENT]->str;
1833         } else if (v >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
1834             /* special name for anonymous symbol */
1835             sprintf(p, "L.%u", v - SYM_FIRST_ANOM);
1836         } else {
1837             /* should never happen */
1838             return NULL;
1839         }
1840         break;
1841     }
1842     return cstr_buf.data;
1843 }
1844
1845 /* push, without hashing */
1846 static Sym *sym_push2(Sym **ps, int v, int t, int c)
1847 {
1848     Sym *s;
1849     s = sym_malloc();
1850     s->v = v;
1851     s->type.t = t;
1852     s->c = c;
1853     s->next = NULL;
1854     /* add in stack */
1855     s->prev = *ps;
1856     *ps = s;
1857     return s;
1858 }
1859
1860 /* find a symbol and return its associated structure. 's' is the top
1861    of the symbol stack */
1862 static Sym *sym_find2(Sym *s, int v)
1863 {
1864     while (s) {
1865         if (s->v == v)
1866             return s;
1867         s = s->prev;
1868     }
1869     return NULL;
1870 }
1871
1872 /* structure lookup */
1873 static inline Sym *struct_find(int v)
1874 {
1875     v -= TOK_IDENT;
1876     if ((unsigned)v >= (unsigned)(tok_ident - TOK_IDENT))
1877         return NULL;
1878     return table_ident[v]->sym_struct;
1879 }
1880
1881 /* find an identifier */
1882 static inline Sym *sym_find(int v)
1883 {
1884     v -= TOK_IDENT;
1885     if ((unsigned)v >= (unsigned)(tok_ident - TOK_IDENT))
1886         return NULL;
1887     return table_ident[v]->sym_identifier;
1888 }
1889
1890 /* push a given symbol on the symbol stack */
1891 static Sym *sym_push(int v, CType *type, int r, int c)
1892 {
1893     Sym *s, **ps;
1894     TokenSym *ts;
1895
1896     if (local_stack)
1897         ps = &local_stack;
1898     else
1899         ps = &global_stack;
1900     s = sym_push2(ps, v, type->t, c);
1901     s->type.ref = type->ref;
1902     s->r = r;
1903     /* don't record fields or anonymous symbols */
1904     /* XXX: simplify */
1905     if (!(v & SYM_FIELD) && (v & ~SYM_STRUCT) < SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
1906         /* record symbol in token array */
1907         ts = table_ident[(v & ~SYM_STRUCT) - TOK_IDENT];
1908         if (v & SYM_STRUCT)
1909             ps = &ts->sym_struct;
1910         else
1911             ps = &ts->sym_identifier;
1912         s->prev_tok = *ps;
1913         *ps = s;
1914     }
1915     return s;
1916 }
1917
1918 /* push a global identifier */
1919 static Sym *global_identifier_push(int v, int t, int c)
1920 {
1921     Sym *s, **ps;
1922     s = sym_push2(&global_stack, v, t, c);
1923     /* don't record anonymous symbol */
1924     if (v < SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
1925         ps = &table_ident[v - TOK_IDENT]->sym_identifier;
1926         /* modify the top most local identifier, so that
1927            sym_identifier will point to 's' when popped */
1928         while (*ps != NULL)
1929             ps = &(*ps)->prev_tok;
1930         s->prev_tok = NULL;
1931         *ps = s;
1932     }
1933     return s;
1934 }
1935
1936 /* pop symbols until top reaches 'b' */
1937 static void sym_pop(Sym **ptop, Sym *b)
1938 {
1939     Sym *s, *ss, **ps;
1940     TokenSym *ts;
1941     int v;
1942
1943     s = *ptop;
1944     while(s != b) {
1945         ss = s->prev;
1946         v = s->v;
1947         /* remove symbol in token array */
1948         /* XXX: simplify */
1949         if (!(v & SYM_FIELD) && (v & ~SYM_STRUCT) < SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
1950             ts = table_ident[(v & ~SYM_STRUCT) - TOK_IDENT];
1951             if (v & SYM_STRUCT)
1952                 ps = &ts->sym_struct;
1953             else
1954                 ps = &ts->sym_identifier;
1955             *ps = s->prev_tok;
1956         }
1957         sym_free(s);
1958         s = ss;
1959     }
1960     *ptop = b;
1961 }
1962
1963 /* I/O layer */
1964
1965 BufferedFile *tcc_open(TCCState *s1, const char *filename)
1966 {
1967     int fd;
1968     BufferedFile *bf;
1969
1970     if (strcmp(filename, "-") == 0)
1971         fd = 0, filename = "stdin";
1972     else
1973         fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY);
1974     if ((verbose == 2 && fd >= 0) || verbose == 3)
1975         printf("%s %*s%s\n", fd < 0 ? "nf":"->",
1976                (s1->include_stack_ptr - s1->include_stack), "", filename);
1977     if (fd < 0)
1978         return NULL;
1979     bf = tcc_malloc(sizeof(BufferedFile));
1980     bf->fd = fd;
1981     bf->buf_ptr = bf->buffer;
1982     bf->buf_end = bf->buffer;
1983     bf->buffer[0] = CH_EOB; /* put eob symbol */
1984     pstrcpy(bf->filename, sizeof(bf->filename), filename);
1985 #ifdef _WIN32
1986     normalize_slashes(bf->filename);
1987 #endif
1988     bf->line_num = 1;
1989     bf->ifndef_macro = 0;
1990     bf->ifdef_stack_ptr = s1->ifdef_stack_ptr;
1991     //    printf("opening '%s'\n", filename);
1992     return bf;
1993 }
1994
1995 void tcc_close(BufferedFile *bf)
1996 {
1997     total_lines += bf->line_num;
1998     close(bf->fd);
1999     tcc_free(bf);
2000 }
2001
2002 /* fill input buffer and peek next char */
2003 static int tcc_peekc_slow(BufferedFile *bf)
2004 {
2005     int len;
2006     /* only tries to read if really end of buffer */
2007     if (bf->buf_ptr >= bf->buf_end) {
2008         if (bf->fd != -1) {
2009 #if defined(PARSE_DEBUG)
2010             len = 8;
2011 #else
2012             len = IO_BUF_SIZE;
2013 #endif
2014             len = read(bf->fd, bf->buffer, len);
2015             if (len < 0)
2016                 len = 0;
2017         } else {
2018             len = 0;
2019         }
2020         total_bytes += len;
2021         bf->buf_ptr = bf->buffer;
2022         bf->buf_end = bf->buffer + len;
2023         *bf->buf_end = CH_EOB;
2024     }
2025     if (bf->buf_ptr < bf->buf_end) {
2026         return bf->buf_ptr[0];
2027     } else {
2028         bf->buf_ptr = bf->buf_end;
2029         return CH_EOF;
2030     }
2031 }
2032
2033 /* return the current character, handling end of block if necessary
2034    (but not stray) */
2035 static int handle_eob(void)
2036 {
2037     return tcc_peekc_slow(file);
2038 }
2039
2040 /* read next char from current input file and handle end of input buffer */
2041 static inline void inp(void)
2042 {
2043     ch = *(++(file->buf_ptr));
2044     /* end of buffer/file handling */
2045     if (ch == CH_EOB)
2046         ch = handle_eob();
2047 }
2048
2049 /* handle '\[\r]\n' */
2050 static int handle_stray_noerror(void)
2051 {
2052     while (ch == '\\') {
2053         inp();
2054         if (ch == '\n') {
2055             file->line_num++;
2056             inp();
2057         } else if (ch == '\r') {
2058             inp();
2059             if (ch != '\n')
2060                 goto fail;
2061             file->line_num++;
2062             inp();
2063         } else {
2064         fail:
2065             return 1;
2066         }
2067     }
2068     return 0;
2069 }
2070
2071 static void handle_stray(void)
2072 {
2073     if (handle_stray_noerror())
2074         error("stray '\\' in program");
2075 }
2076
2077 /* skip the stray and handle the \\n case. Output an error if
2078    incorrect char after the stray */
2079 static int handle_stray1(uint8_t *p)
2080 {
2081     int c;
2082
2083     if (p >= file->buf_end) {
2084         file->buf_ptr = p;
2085         c = handle_eob();
2086         p = file->buf_ptr;
2087         if (c == '\\')
2088             goto parse_stray;
2089     } else {
2090     parse_stray:
2091         file->buf_ptr = p;
2092         ch = *p;
2093         handle_stray();
2094         p = file->buf_ptr;
2095         c = *p;
2096     }
2097     return c;
2098 }
2099
2100 /* handle just the EOB case, but not stray */
2101 #define PEEKC_EOB(c, p)\
2102 {\
2103     p++;\
2104     c = *p;\
2105     if (c == '\\') {\
2106         file->buf_ptr = p;\
2107         c = handle_eob();\
2108         p = file->buf_ptr;\
2109     }\
2110 }
2111
2112 /* handle the complicated stray case */
2113 #define PEEKC(c, p)\
2114 {\
2115     p++;\
2116     c = *p;\
2117     if (c == '\\') {\
2118         c = handle_stray1(p);\
2119         p = file->buf_ptr;\
2120     }\
2121 }
2122
2123 /* input with '\[\r]\n' handling. Note that this function cannot
2124    handle other characters after '\', so you cannot call it inside
2125    strings or comments */
2126 static void minp(void)
2127 {
2128     inp();
2129     if (ch == '\\')
2130         handle_stray();
2131 }
2132
2133
2134 /* single line C++ comments */
2135 static uint8_t *parse_line_comment(uint8_t *p)
2136 {
2137     int c;
2138
2139     p++;
2140     for(;;) {
2141         c = *p;
2142     redo:
2143         if (c == '\n' || c == CH_EOF) {
2144             break;
2145         } else if (c == '\\') {
2146             file->buf_ptr = p;
2147             c = handle_eob();
2148             p = file->buf_ptr;
2149             if (c == '\\') {
2150                 PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2151                 if (c == '\n') {
2152                     file->line_num++;
2153                     PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2154                 } else if (c == '\r') {
2155                     PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2156                     if (c == '\n') {
2157                         file->line_num++;
2158                         PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2159                     }
2160                 }
2161             } else {
2162                 goto redo;
2163             }
2164         } else {
2165             p++;
2166         }
2167     }
2168     return p;
2169 }
2170
2171 /* C comments */
2172 static uint8_t *parse_comment(uint8_t *p)
2173 {
2174     int c;
2175
2176     p++;
2177     for(;;) {
2178         /* fast skip loop */
2179         for(;;) {
2180             c = *p;
2181             if (c == '\n' || c == '*' || c == '\\')
2182                 break;
2183             p++;
2184             c = *p;
2185             if (c == '\n' || c == '*' || c == '\\')
2186                 break;
2187             p++;
2188         }
2189         /* now we can handle all the cases */
2190         if (c == '\n') {
2191             file->line_num++;
2192             p++;
2193         } else if (c == '*') {
2194             p++;
2195             for(;;) {
2196                 c = *p;
2197                 if (c == '*') {
2198                     p++;
2199                 } else if (c == '/') {
2200                     goto end_of_comment;
2201                 } else if (c == '\\') {
2202                     file->buf_ptr = p;
2203                     c = handle_eob();
2204                     p = file->buf_ptr;
2205                     if (c == '\\') {
2206                         /* skip '\[\r]\n', otherwise just skip the stray */
2207                         while (c == '\\') {
2208                             PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2209                             if (c == '\n') {
2210                                 file->line_num++;
2211                                 PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2212                             } else if (c == '\r') {
2213                                 PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2214                                 if (c == '\n') {
2215                                     file->line_num++;
2216                                     PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2217                                 }
2218                             } else {
2219                                 goto after_star;
2220                             }
2221                         }
2222                     }
2223                 } else {
2224                     break;
2225                 }
2226             }
2227         after_star: ;
2228         } else {
2229             /* stray, eob or eof */
2230             file->buf_ptr = p;
2231             c = handle_eob();
2232             p = file->buf_ptr;
2233             if (c == CH_EOF) {
2234                 error("unexpected end of file in comment");
2235             } else if (c == '\\') {
2236                 p++;
2237             }
2238         }
2239     }
2240  end_of_comment:
2241     p++;
2242     return p;
2243 }
2244
2245 #define cinp minp
2246
2247 /* space exlcuding newline */
2248 static inline int is_space(int ch)
2249 {
2250     return ch == ' ' || ch == '\t' || ch == '\v' || ch == '\f' || ch == '\r';
2251 }
2252
2253 static inline void skip_spaces(void)
2254 {
2255     while (is_space(ch))
2256         cinp();
2257 }
2258
2259 /* parse a string without interpreting escapes */
2260 static uint8_t *parse_pp_string(uint8_t *p,
2261                                 int sep, CString *str)
2262 {
2263     int c;
2264     p++;
2265     for(;;) {
2266         c = *p;
2267         if (c == sep) {
2268             break;
2269         } else if (c == '\\') {
2270             file->buf_ptr = p;
2271             c = handle_eob();
2272             p = file->buf_ptr;
2273             if (c == CH_EOF) {
2274             unterminated_string:
2275                 /* XXX: indicate line number of start of string */
2276                 error("missing terminating %c character", sep);
2277             } else if (c == '\\') {
2278                 /* escape : just skip \[\r]\n */
2279                 PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2280                 if (c == '\n') {
2281                     file->line_num++;
2282                     p++;
2283                 } else if (c == '\r') {
2284                     PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2285                     if (c != '\n')
2286                         expect("'\n' after '\r'");
2287                     file->line_num++;
2288                     p++;
2289                 } else if (c == CH_EOF) {
2290                     goto unterminated_string;
2291                 } else {
2292                     if (str) {
2293                         cstr_ccat(str, '\\');
2294                         cstr_ccat(str, c);
2295                     }
2296                     p++;
2297                 }
2298             }
2299         } else if (c == '\n') {
2300             file->line_num++;
2301             goto add_char;
2302         } else if (c == '\r') {
2303             PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2304             if (c != '\n') {
2305                 if (str)
2306                     cstr_ccat(str, '\r');
2307             } else {
2308                 file->line_num++;
2309                 goto add_char;
2310             }
2311         } else {
2312         add_char:
2313             if (str)
2314                 cstr_ccat(str, c);
2315             p++;
2316         }
2317     }
2318     p++;
2319     return p;
2320 }
2321
2322 /* skip block of text until #else, #elif or #endif. skip also pairs of
2323    #if/#endif */
2324 void preprocess_skip(void)
2325 {
2326     int a, start_of_line, c, in_warn_or_error;
2327     uint8_t *p;
2328
2329     p = file->buf_ptr;
2330     a = 0;
2331 redo_start:
2332     start_of_line = 1;
2333     in_warn_or_error = 0;
2334     for(;;) {
2335     redo_no_start:
2336         c = *p;
2337         switch(c) {
2338         case ' ':
2339         case '\t':
2340         case '\f':
2341         case '\v':
2342         case '\r':
2343             p++;
2344             goto redo_no_start;
2345         case '\n':
2346             file->line_num++;
2347             p++;
2348             goto redo_start;
2349         case '\\':
2350             file->buf_ptr = p;
2351             c = handle_eob();
2352             if (c == CH_EOF) {
2353                 expect("#endif");
2354             } else if (c == '\\') {
2355                 ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
2356                 handle_stray_noerror();
2357             }
2358             p = file->buf_ptr;
2359             goto redo_no_start;
2360         /* skip strings */
2361         case '\"':
2362         case '\'':
2363             if (in_warn_or_error)
2364                 goto _default;
2365             p = parse_pp_string(p, c, NULL);
2366             break;
2367         /* skip comments */
2368         case '/':
2369             if (in_warn_or_error)
2370                 goto _default;
2371             file->buf_ptr = p;
2372             ch = *p;
2373             minp();
2374             p = file->buf_ptr;
2375             if (ch == '*') {
2376                 p = parse_comment(p);
2377             } else if (ch == '/') {
2378                 p = parse_line_comment(p);
2379             }
2380             break;
2381         case '#':
2382             p++;
2383             if (start_of_line) {
2384                 file->buf_ptr = p;
2385                 next_nomacro();
2386                 p = file->buf_ptr;
2387                 if (a == 0 &&
2388                     (tok == TOK_ELSE || tok == TOK_ELIF || tok == TOK_ENDIF))
2389                     goto the_end;
2390                 if (tok == TOK_IF || tok == TOK_IFDEF || tok == TOK_IFNDEF)
2391                     a++;
2392                 else if (tok == TOK_ENDIF)
2393                     a--;
2394                 else if( tok == TOK_ERROR || tok == TOK_WARNING)
2395                     in_warn_or_error = 1;
2396             }
2397             break;
2398 _default:
2399         default:
2400             p++;
2401             break;
2402         }
2403         start_of_line = 0;
2404     }
2405  the_end: ;
2406     file->buf_ptr = p;
2407 }
2408
2409 /* ParseState handling */
2410
2411 /* XXX: currently, no include file info is stored. Thus, we cannot display
2412    accurate messages if the function or data definition spans multiple
2413    files */
2414
2415 /* save current parse state in 's' */
2416 void save_parse_state(ParseState *s)
2417 {
2418     s->line_num = file->line_num;
2419     s->macro_ptr = macro_ptr;
2420     s->tok = tok;
2421     s->tokc = tokc;
2422 }
2423
2424 /* restore parse state from 's' */
2425 void restore_parse_state(ParseState *s)
2426 {
2427     file->line_num = s->line_num;
2428     macro_ptr = s->macro_ptr;
2429     tok = s->tok;
2430     tokc = s->tokc;
2431 }
2432
2433 /* return the number of additional 'ints' necessary to store the
2434    token */
2435 static inline int tok_ext_size(int t)
2436 {
2437     switch(t) {
2438         /* 4 bytes */
2439     case TOK_CINT:
2440     case TOK_CUINT:
2441     case TOK_CCHAR:
2442     case TOK_LCHAR:
2443     case TOK_CFLOAT:
2444     case TOK_LINENUM:
2445         return 1;
2446     case TOK_STR:
2447     case TOK_LSTR:
2448     case TOK_PPNUM:
2449         error("unsupported token");
2450         return 1;
2451     case TOK_CDOUBLE:
2452     case TOK_CLLONG:
2453     case TOK_CULLONG:
2454         return 2;
2455     case TOK_CLDOUBLE:
2456         return LDOUBLE_SIZE / 4;
2457     default:
2458         return 0;
2459     }
2460 }
2461
2462 /* token string handling */
2463
2464 static inline void tok_str_new(TokenString *s)
2465 {
2466     s->str = NULL;
2467     s->len = 0;
2468     s->allocated_len = 0;
2469     s->last_line_num = -1;
2470 }
2471
2472 static void tok_str_free(int *str)
2473 {
2474     tcc_free(str);
2475 }
2476
2477 static int *tok_str_realloc(TokenString *s)
2478 {
2479     int *str, len;
2480
2481     if (s->allocated_len == 0) {
2482         len = 8;
2483     } else {
2484         len = s->allocated_len * 2;
2485     }
2486     str = tcc_realloc(s->str, len * sizeof(int));
2487     if (!str)
2488         error("memory full");
2489     s->allocated_len = len;
2490     s->str = str;
2491     return str;
2492 }
2493
2494 static void tok_str_add(TokenString *s, int t)
2495 {
2496     int len, *str;
2497
2498     len = s->len;
2499     str = s->str;
2500     if (len >= s->allocated_len)
2501         str = tok_str_realloc(s);
2502     str[len++] = t;
2503     s->len = len;
2504 }
2505
2506 static void tok_str_add2(TokenString *s, int t, CValue *cv)
2507 {
2508     int len, *str;
2509
2510     len = s->len;
2511     str = s->str;
2512
2513     /* allocate space for worst case */
2514     if (len + TOK_MAX_SIZE > s->allocated_len)
2515         str = tok_str_realloc(s);
2516     str[len++] = t;
2517     switch(t) {
2518     case TOK_CINT:
2519     case TOK_CUINT:
2520     case TOK_CCHAR:
2521     case TOK_LCHAR:
2522     case TOK_CFLOAT:
2523     case TOK_LINENUM:
2524         str[len++] = cv->tab[0];
2525         break;
2526     case TOK_PPNUM:
2527     case TOK_STR:
2528     case TOK_LSTR:
2529         {
2530             int nb_words;
2531             CString *cstr;
2532
2533             nb_words = (sizeof(CString) + cv->cstr->size + 3) >> 2;
2534             while ((len + nb_words) > s->allocated_len)
2535                 str = tok_str_realloc(s);
2536             cstr = (CString *)(str + len);
2537             cstr->data = NULL;
2538             cstr->size = cv->cstr->size;
2539             cstr->data_allocated = NULL;
2540             cstr->size_allocated = cstr->size;
2541             memcpy((char *)cstr + sizeof(CString),
2542                    cv->cstr->data, cstr->size);
2543             len += nb_words;
2544         }
2545         break;
2546     case TOK_CDOUBLE:
2547     case TOK_CLLONG:
2548     case TOK_CULLONG:
2549 #if LDOUBLE_SIZE == 8
2550     case TOK_CLDOUBLE:
2551 #endif
2552         str[len++] = cv->tab[0];
2553         str[len++] = cv->tab[1];
2554         break;
2555 #if LDOUBLE_SIZE == 12
2556     case TOK_CLDOUBLE:
2557         str[len++] = cv->tab[0];
2558         str[len++] = cv->tab[1];
2559         str[len++] = cv->tab[2];
2560 #elif LDOUBLE_SIZE != 8
2561 #error add long double size support
2562 #endif
2563         break;
2564     default:
2565         break;
2566     }
2567     s->len = len;
2568 }
2569
2570 /* add the current parse token in token string 's' */
2571 static void tok_str_add_tok(TokenString *s)
2572 {
2573     CValue cval;
2574
2575     /* save line number info */
2576     if (file->line_num != s->last_line_num) {
2577         s->last_line_num = file->line_num;
2578         cval.i = s->last_line_num;
2579         tok_str_add2(s, TOK_LINENUM, &cval);
2580     }
2581     tok_str_add2(s, tok, &tokc);
2582 }
2583
2584 #if LDOUBLE_SIZE == 12
2585 #define LDOUBLE_GET(p, cv)                      \
2586         cv.tab[0] = p[0];                       \
2587         cv.tab[1] = p[1];                       \
2588         cv.tab[2] = p[2];
2589 #elif LDOUBLE_SIZE == 8
2590 #define LDOUBLE_GET(p, cv)                      \
2591         cv.tab[0] = p[0];                       \
2592         cv.tab[1] = p[1];
2593 #else
2594 #error add long double size support
2595 #endif
2596
2597
2598 /* get a token from an integer array and increment pointer
2599    accordingly. we code it as a macro to avoid pointer aliasing. */
2600 #define TOK_GET(t, p, cv)                       \
2601 {                                               \
2602     t = *p++;                                   \
2603     switch(t) {                                 \
2604     case TOK_CINT:                              \
2605     case TOK_CUINT:                             \
2606     case TOK_CCHAR:                             \
2607     case TOK_LCHAR:                             \
2608     case TOK_CFLOAT:                            \
2609     case TOK_LINENUM:                           \
2610         cv.tab[0] = *p++;                       \
2611         break;                                  \
2612     case TOK_STR:                               \
2613     case TOK_LSTR:                              \
2614     case TOK_PPNUM:                             \
2615         cv.cstr = (CString *)p;                 \
2616         cv.cstr->data = (char *)p + sizeof(CString);\
2617         p += (sizeof(CString) + cv.cstr->size + 3) >> 2;\
2618         break;                                  \
2619     case TOK_CDOUBLE:                           \
2620     case TOK_CLLONG:                            \
2621     case TOK_CULLONG:                           \
2622         cv.tab[0] = p[0];                       \
2623         cv.tab[1] = p[1];                       \
2624         p += 2;                                 \
2625         break;                                  \
2626     case TOK_CLDOUBLE:                          \
2627         LDOUBLE_GET(p, cv);                     \
2628         p += LDOUBLE_SIZE / 4;                  \
2629         break;                                  \
2630     default:                                    \
2631         break;                                  \
2632     }                                           \
2633 }
2634
2635 /* defines handling */
2636 static inline void define_push(int v, int macro_type, int *str, Sym *first_arg)
2637 {
2638     Sym *s;
2639
2640     s = sym_push2(&define_stack, v, macro_type, (int)str);
2641     s->next = first_arg;
2642     table_ident[v - TOK_IDENT]->sym_define = s;
2643 }
2644
2645 /* undefined a define symbol. Its name is just set to zero */
2646 static void define_undef(Sym *s)
2647 {
2648     int v;
2649     v = s->v;
2650     if (v >= TOK_IDENT && v < tok_ident)
2651         table_ident[v - TOK_IDENT]->sym_define = NULL;
2652     s->v = 0;
2653 }
2654
2655 static inline Sym *define_find(int v)
2656 {
2657     v -= TOK_IDENT;
2658     if ((unsigned)v >= (unsigned)(tok_ident - TOK_IDENT))
2659         return NULL;
2660     return table_ident[v]->sym_define;
2661 }
2662
2663 /* free define stack until top reaches 'b' */
2664 static void free_defines(Sym *b)
2665 {
2666     Sym *top, *top1;
2667     int v;
2668
2669     top = define_stack;
2670     while (top != b) {
2671         top1 = top->prev;
2672         /* do not free args or predefined defines */
2673         if (top->c)
2674             tok_str_free((int *)top->c);
2675         v = top->v;
2676         if (v >= TOK_IDENT && v < tok_ident)
2677             table_ident[v - TOK_IDENT]->sym_define = NULL;
2678         sym_free(top);
2679         top = top1;
2680     }
2681     define_stack = b;
2682 }
2683
2684 /* label lookup */
2685 static Sym *label_find(int v)
2686 {
2687     v -= TOK_IDENT;
2688     if ((unsigned)v >= (unsigned)(tok_ident - TOK_IDENT))
2689         return NULL;
2690     return table_ident[v]->sym_label;
2691 }
2692
2693 static Sym *label_push(Sym **ptop, int v, int flags)
2694 {
2695     Sym *s, **ps;
2696     s = sym_push2(ptop, v, 0, 0);
2697     s->r = flags;
2698     ps = &table_ident[v - TOK_IDENT]->sym_label;
2699     if (ptop == &global_label_stack) {
2700         /* modify the top most local identifier, so that
2701            sym_identifier will point to 's' when popped */
2702         while (*ps != NULL)
2703             ps = &(*ps)->prev_tok;
2704     }
2705     s->prev_tok = *ps;
2706     *ps = s;
2707     return s;
2708 }
2709
2710 /* pop labels until element last is reached. Look if any labels are
2711    undefined. Define symbols if '&&label' was used. */
2712 static void label_pop(Sym **ptop, Sym *slast)
2713 {
2714     Sym *s, *s1;
2715     for(s = *ptop; s != slast; s = s1) {
2716         s1 = s->prev;
2717         if (s->r == LABEL_DECLARED) {
2718             warning("label '%s' declared but not used", get_tok_str(s->v, NULL));
2719         } else if (s->r == LABEL_FORWARD) {
2720                 error("label '%s' used but not defined",
2721                       get_tok_str(s->v, NULL));
2722         } else {
2723             if (s->c) {
2724                 /* define corresponding symbol. A size of
2725                    1 is put. */
2726                 put_extern_sym(s, cur_text_section, (long)s->next, 1);
2727             }
2728         }
2729         /* remove label */
2730         table_ident[s->v - TOK_IDENT]->sym_label = s->prev_tok;
2731         sym_free(s);
2732     }
2733     *ptop = slast;
2734 }
2735
2736 /* eval an expression for #if/#elif */
2737 static int expr_preprocess(void)
2738 {
2739     int c, t;
2740     TokenString str;
2741
2742     tok_str_new(&str);
2743     while (tok != TOK_LINEFEED && tok != TOK_EOF) {
2744         next(); /* do macro subst */
2745         if (tok == TOK_DEFINED) {
2746             next_nomacro();
2747             t = tok;
2748             if (t == '(')
2749                 next_nomacro();
2750             c = define_find(tok) != 0;
2751             if (t == '(')
2752                 next_nomacro();
2753             tok = TOK_CINT;
2754             tokc.i = c;
2755         } else if (tok >= TOK_IDENT) {
2756             /* if undefined macro */
2757             tok = TOK_CINT;
2758             tokc.i = 0;
2759         }
2760         tok_str_add_tok(&str);
2761     }
2762     tok_str_add(&str, -1); /* simulate end of file */
2763     tok_str_add(&str, 0);
2764     /* now evaluate C constant expression */
2765     macro_ptr = str.str;
2766     next();
2767     c = expr_const();
2768     macro_ptr = NULL;
2769     tok_str_free(str.str);
2770     return c != 0;
2771 }
2772
2773 #if defined(PARSE_DEBUG) || defined(PP_DEBUG)
2774 static void tok_print(int *str)
2775 {
2776     int t;
2777     CValue cval;
2778
2779     while (1) {
2780         TOK_GET(t, str, cval);
2781         if (!t)
2782             break;
2783         printf(" %s", get_tok_str(t, &cval));
2784     }
2785     printf("\n");
2786 }
2787 #endif
2788
2789 /* parse after #define */
2790 static void parse_define(void)
2791 {
2792     Sym *s, *first, **ps;
2793     int v, t, varg, is_vaargs, c;
2794     TokenString str;
2795
2796     v = tok;
2797     if (v < TOK_IDENT)
2798         error("invalid macro name '%s'", get_tok_str(tok, &tokc));
2799     /* XXX: should check if same macro (ANSI) */
2800     first = NULL;
2801     t = MACRO_OBJ;
2802     /* '(' must be just after macro definition for MACRO_FUNC */
2803     c = file->buf_ptr[0];
2804     if (c == '\\')
2805         c = handle_stray1(file->buf_ptr);
2806     if (c == '(') {
2807         next_nomacro();
2808         next_nomacro();
2809         ps = &first;
2810         while (tok != ')') {
2811             varg = tok;
2812             next_nomacro();
2813             is_vaargs = 0;
2814             if (varg == TOK_DOTS) {
2815                 varg = TOK___VA_ARGS__;
2816                 is_vaargs = 1;
2817             } else if (tok == TOK_DOTS && gnu_ext) {
2818                 is_vaargs = 1;
2819                 next_nomacro();
2820             }
2821             if (varg < TOK_IDENT)
2822                 error("badly punctuated parameter list");
2823             s = sym_push2(&define_stack, varg | SYM_FIELD, is_vaargs, 0);
2824             *ps = s;
2825             ps = &s->next;
2826             if (tok != ',')
2827                 break;
2828             next_nomacro();
2829         }
2830         t = MACRO_FUNC;
2831     }
2832     tok_str_new(&str);
2833     next_nomacro();
2834     /* EOF testing necessary for '-D' handling */
2835     while (tok != TOK_LINEFEED && tok != TOK_EOF) {
2836         tok_str_add2(&str, tok, &tokc);
2837         next_nomacro();
2838     }
2839     tok_str_add(&str, 0);
2840 #ifdef PP_DEBUG
2841     printf("define %s %d: ", get_tok_str(v, NULL), t);
2842     tok_print(str.str);
2843 #endif
2844     define_push(v, t, str.str, first);
2845 }
2846
2847 static inline int hash_cached_include(int type, const char *filename)
2848 {
2849     const unsigned char *s;
2850     unsigned int h;
2851
2852     h = TOK_HASH_INIT;
2853     h = TOK_HASH_FUNC(h, type);
2854     s = filename;
2855     while (*s) {
2856         h = TOK_HASH_FUNC(h, *s);
2857         s++;
2858     }
2859     h &= (CACHED_INCLUDES_HASH_SIZE - 1);
2860     return h;
2861 }
2862
2863 /* XXX: use a token or a hash table to accelerate matching ? */
2864 static CachedInclude *search_cached_include(TCCState *s1,
2865                                             int type, const char *filename)
2866 {
2867     CachedInclude *e;
2868     int i, h;
2869     h = hash_cached_include(type, filename);
2870     i = s1->cached_includes_hash[h];
2871     for(;;) {
2872         if (i == 0)
2873             break;
2874         e = s1->cached_includes[i - 1];
2875         if (e->type == type && !strcmp(e->filename, filename))
2876             return e;
2877         i = e->hash_next;
2878     }
2879     return NULL;
2880 }
2881
2882 static inline void add_cached_include(TCCState *s1, int type,
2883                                       const char *filename, int ifndef_macro)
2884 {
2885     CachedInclude *e;
2886     int h;
2887
2888     if (search_cached_include(s1, type, filename))
2889         return;
2890 #ifdef INC_DEBUG
2891     printf("adding cached '%s' %s\n", filename, get_tok_str(ifndef_macro, NULL));
2892 #endif
2893     e = tcc_malloc(sizeof(CachedInclude) + strlen(filename));
2894     if (!e)
2895         return;
2896     e->type = type;
2897     strcpy(e->filename, filename);
2898     e->ifndef_macro = ifndef_macro;
2899     dynarray_add((void ***)&s1->cached_includes, &s1->nb_cached_includes, e);
2900     /* add in hash table */
2901     h = hash_cached_include(type, filename);
2902     e->hash_next = s1->cached_includes_hash[h];
2903     s1->cached_includes_hash[h] = s1->nb_cached_includes;
2904 }
2905
2906 static void pragma_parse(TCCState *s1)
2907 {
2908     int val;
2909
2910     next();
2911     if (tok == TOK_pack) {
2912         /*
2913           This may be:
2914           #pragma pack(1) // set
2915           #pragma pack() // reset to default
2916           #pragma pack(push,1) // push & set
2917           #pragma pack(pop) // restore previous
2918         */
2919         next();
2920         skip('(');
2921         if (tok == TOK_ASM_pop) {
2922             next();
2923             if (s1->pack_stack_ptr <= s1->pack_stack) {
2924             stk_error:
2925                 error("out of pack stack");
2926             }
2927             s1->pack_stack_ptr--;
2928         } else {
2929             val = 0;
2930             if (tok != ')') {
2931                 if (tok == TOK_ASM_push) {
2932                     next();
2933                     if (s1->pack_stack_ptr >= s1->pack_stack + PACK_STACK_SIZE - 1)
2934                         goto stk_error;
2935                     s1->pack_stack_ptr++;
2936                     skip(',');
2937                 }
2938                 if (tok != TOK_CINT) {
2939                 pack_error:
2940                     error("invalid pack pragma");
2941                 }
2942                 val = tokc.i;
2943                 if (val < 1 || val > 16 || (val & (val - 1)) != 0)
2944                     goto pack_error;
2945                 next();
2946             }
2947             *s1->pack_stack_ptr = val;
2948             skip(')');
2949         }
2950     }
2951 }
2952
2953 /* is_bof is true if first non space token at beginning of file */
2954 static void preprocess(int is_bof)
2955 {
2956     TCCState *s1 = tcc_state;
2957     int size, i, c, n, saved_parse_flags;
2958     char buf[1024], *q;
2959     char buf1[1024];
2960     BufferedFile *f;
2961     Sym *s;
2962     CachedInclude *e;
2963
2964     saved_parse_flags = parse_flags;
2965     parse_flags = PARSE_FLAG_PREPROCESS | PARSE_FLAG_TOK_NUM |
2966         PARSE_FLAG_LINEFEED;
2967     next_nomacro();
2968  redo:
2969     switch(tok) {
2970     case TOK_DEFINE:
2971         next_nomacro();
2972         parse_define();
2973         break;
2974     case TOK_UNDEF:
2975         next_nomacro();
2976         s = define_find(tok);
2977         /* undefine symbol by putting an invalid name */
2978         if (s)
2979             define_undef(s);
2980         break;
2981     case TOK_INCLUDE:
2982     case TOK_INCLUDE_NEXT:
2983         ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
2984         /* XXX: incorrect if comments : use next_nomacro with a special mode */
2985         skip_spaces();
2986         if (ch == '<') {
2987             c = '>';
2988             goto read_name;
2989         } else if (ch == '\"') {
2990             c = ch;
2991         read_name:
2992             inp();
2993             q = buf;
2994             while (ch != c && ch != '\n' && ch != CH_EOF) {
2995                 if ((q - buf) < sizeof(buf) - 1)
2996                     *q++ = ch;
2997                 if (ch == '\\') {
2998                     if (handle_stray_noerror() == 0)
2999                         --q;
3000                 } else
3001                     inp();
3002             }
3003             *q = '\0';
3004             minp();
3005 #if 0
3006             /* eat all spaces and comments after include */
3007             /* XXX: slightly incorrect */
3008             while (ch1 != '\n' && ch1 != CH_EOF)
3009                 inp();
3010 #endif
3011         } else {
3012             /* computed #include : either we have only strings or
3013                we have anything enclosed in '<>' */
3014             next();
3015             buf[0] = '\0';
3016             if (tok == TOK_STR) {
3017                 while (tok != TOK_LINEFEED) {
3018                     if (tok != TOK_STR) {
3019                     include_syntax:
3020                         error("'#include' expects \"FILENAME\" or <FILENAME>");
3021                     }
3022                     pstrcat(buf, sizeof(buf), (char *)tokc.cstr->data);
3023                     next();
3024                 }
3025                 c = '\"';
3026             } else {
3027                 int len;
3028                 while (tok != TOK_LINEFEED) {
3029                     pstrcat(buf, sizeof(buf), get_tok_str(tok, &tokc));
3030                     next();
3031                 }
3032                 len = strlen(buf);
3033                 /* check syntax and remove '<>' */
3034                 if (len < 2 || buf[0] != '<' || buf[len - 1] != '>')
3035                     goto include_syntax;
3036                 memmove(buf, buf + 1, len - 2);
3037                 buf[len - 2] = '\0';
3038                 c = '>';
3039             }
3040         }
3041
3042         e = search_cached_include(s1, c, buf);
3043         if (e && define_find(e->ifndef_macro)) {
3044             /* no need to parse the include because the 'ifndef macro'
3045                is defined */
3046 #ifdef INC_DEBUG
3047             printf("%s: skipping %s\n", file->filename, buf);
3048 #endif
3049         } else {
3050             if (s1->include_stack_ptr >= s1->include_stack + INCLUDE_STACK_SIZE)
3051                 error("#include recursion too deep");
3052             /* push current file in stack */
3053             /* XXX: fix current line init */
3054             *s1->include_stack_ptr++ = file;
3055             if (c == '\"') {
3056                 /* first search in current dir if "header.h" */
3057                 size = tcc_basename(file->filename) - file->filename;
3058                 if (size > sizeof(buf1) - 1)
3059                     size = sizeof(buf1) - 1;
3060                 memcpy(buf1, file->filename, size);
3061                 buf1[size] = '\0';
3062                 pstrcat(buf1, sizeof(buf1), buf);
3063                 f = tcc_open(s1, buf1);
3064                 if (f) {
3065                     if (tok == TOK_INCLUDE_NEXT)
3066                         tok = TOK_INCLUDE;
3067                     else
3068                         goto found;
3069                 }
3070             }
3071             /* now search in all the include paths */
3072             n = s1->nb_include_paths + s1->nb_sysinclude_paths;
3073             for(i = 0; i < n; i++) {
3074                 const char *path;
3075                 if (i < s1->nb_include_paths)
3076                     path = s1->include_paths[i];
3077                 else
3078                     path = s1->sysinclude_paths[i - s1->nb_include_paths];
3079                 pstrcpy(buf1, sizeof(buf1), path);
3080                 pstrcat(buf1, sizeof(buf1), "/");
3081                 pstrcat(buf1, sizeof(buf1), buf);
3082                 f = tcc_open(s1, buf1);
3083                 if (f) {
3084                     if (tok == TOK_INCLUDE_NEXT)
3085                         tok = TOK_INCLUDE;
3086                     else
3087                         goto found;
3088                 }
3089             }
3090             --s1->include_stack_ptr;
3091             error("include file '%s' not found", buf);
3092             break;
3093         found:
3094 #ifdef INC_DEBUG
3095             printf("%s: including %s\n", file->filename, buf1);
3096 #endif
3097             f->inc_type = c;
3098             pstrcpy(f->inc_filename, sizeof(f->inc_filename), buf);
3099             file = f;
3100             /* add include file debug info */
3101             if (do_debug) {
3102                 put_stabs(file->filename, N_BINCL, 0, 0, 0);
3103             }
3104             tok_flags |= TOK_FLAG_BOF | TOK_FLAG_BOL;
3105             ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
3106             goto the_end;
3107         }
3108         break;
3109     case TOK_IFNDEF:
3110         c = 1;
3111         goto do_ifdef;
3112     case TOK_IF:
3113         c = expr_preprocess();
3114         goto do_if;
3115     case TOK_IFDEF:
3116         c = 0;
3117     do_ifdef:
3118         next_nomacro();
3119         if (tok < TOK_IDENT)
3120             error("invalid argument for '#if%sdef'", c ? "n" : "");
3121         if (is_bof) {
3122             if (c) {
3123 #ifdef INC_DEBUG
3124                 printf("#ifndef %s\n", get_tok_str(tok, NULL));
3125 #endif
3126                 file->ifndef_macro = tok;
3127             }
3128         }
3129         c = (define_find(tok) != 0) ^ c;
3130     do_if:
3131         if (s1->ifdef_stack_ptr >= s1->ifdef_stack + IFDEF_STACK_SIZE)
3132             error("memory full");
3133         *s1->ifdef_stack_ptr++ = c;
3134         goto test_skip;
3135     case TOK_ELSE:
3136         if (s1->ifdef_stack_ptr == s1->ifdef_stack)
3137             error("#else without matching #if");
3138         if (s1->ifdef_stack_ptr[-1] & 2)
3139             error("#else after #else");
3140         c = (s1->ifdef_stack_ptr[-1] ^= 3);
3141         goto test_skip;
3142     case TOK_ELIF:
3143         if (s1->ifdef_stack_ptr == s1->ifdef_stack)
3144             error("#elif without matching #if");
3145         c = s1->ifdef_stack_ptr[-1];
3146         if (c > 1)
3147             error("#elif after #else");
3148         /* last #if/#elif expression was true: we skip */
3149         if (c == 1)
3150             goto skip;
3151         c = expr_preprocess();
3152         s1->ifdef_stack_ptr[-1] = c;
3153     test_skip:
3154         if (!(c & 1)) {
3155         skip:
3156             preprocess_skip();
3157             is_bof = 0;
3158             goto redo;
3159         }
3160         break;
3161     case TOK_ENDIF:
3162         if (s1->ifdef_stack_ptr <= file->ifdef_stack_ptr)
3163             error("#endif without matching #if");
3164         s1->ifdef_stack_ptr--;
3165         /* '#ifndef macro' was at the start of file. Now we check if
3166            an '#endif' is exactly at the end of file */
3167         if (file->ifndef_macro &&
3168             s1->ifdef_stack_ptr == file->ifdef_stack_ptr) {
3169             file->ifndef_macro_saved = file->ifndef_macro;
3170             /* need to set to zero to avoid false matches if another
3171                #ifndef at middle of file */
3172             file->ifndef_macro = 0;
3173             while (tok != TOK_LINEFEED)
3174                 next_nomacro();
3175             tok_flags |= TOK_FLAG_ENDIF;
3176             goto the_end;
3177         }
3178         break;
3179     case TOK_LINE:
3180         next();
3181         if (tok != TOK_CINT)
3182             error("#line");
3183         file->line_num = tokc.i - 1; /* the line number will be incremented after */
3184         next();
3185         if (tok != TOK_LINEFEED) {
3186             if (tok != TOK_STR)
3187                 error("#line");
3188             pstrcpy(file->filename, sizeof(file->filename),
3189                     (char *)tokc.cstr->data);
3190         }
3191         break;
3192     case TOK_ERROR:
3193     case TOK_WARNING:
3194         c = tok;
3195         ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
3196         skip_spaces();
3197         q = buf;
3198         while (ch != '\n' && ch != CH_EOF) {
3199             if ((q - buf) < sizeof(buf) - 1)
3200                 *q++ = ch;
3201             if (ch == '\\') {
3202                 if (handle_stray_noerror() == 0)
3203                     --q;
3204             } else
3205                 inp();
3206         }
3207         *q = '\0';
3208         if (c == TOK_ERROR)
3209             error("#error %s", buf);
3210         else
3211             warning("#warning %s", buf);
3212         break;
3213     case TOK_PRAGMA:
3214         pragma_parse(s1);
3215         break;
3216     default:
3217         if (tok == TOK_LINEFEED || tok == '!' || tok == TOK_CINT) {
3218             /* '!' is ignored to allow C scripts. numbers are ignored
3219                to emulate cpp behaviour */
3220         } else {
3221             if (!(saved_parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_ASM_COMMENTS))
3222                 warning("Ignoring unknown preprocessing directive #%s", get_tok_str(tok, &tokc));
3223         }
3224         break;
3225     }
3226     /* ignore other preprocess commands or #! for C scripts */
3227     while (tok != TOK_LINEFEED)
3228         next_nomacro();
3229  the_end:
3230     parse_flags = saved_parse_flags;
3231 }
3232
3233 /* evaluate escape codes in a string. */
3234 static void parse_escape_string(CString *outstr, const uint8_t *buf, int is_long)
3235 {
3236     int c, n;
3237     const uint8_t *p;
3238
3239     p = buf;
3240     for(;;) {
3241         c = *p;
3242         if (c == '\0')
3243             break;
3244         if (c == '\\') {
3245             p++;
3246             /* escape */
3247             c = *p;
3248             switch(c) {
3249             case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3':
3250             case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7':
3251                 /* at most three octal digits */
3252                 n = c - '0';
3253                 p++;
3254                 c = *p;
3255                 if (isoct(c)) {
3256                     n = n * 8 + c - '0';
3257                     p++;
3258                     c = *p;
3259                     if (isoct(c)) {
3260                         n = n * 8 + c - '0';
3261                         p++;
3262                     }
3263                 }
3264                 c = n;
3265                 goto add_char_nonext;
3266             case 'x':
3267             case 'u':
3268             case 'U':
3269                 p++;
3270                 n = 0;
3271                 for(;;) {
3272                     c = *p;
3273                     if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f')
3274                         c = c - 'a' + 10;
3275                     else if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'F')
3276                         c = c - 'A' + 10;
3277                     else if (isnum(c))
3278                         c = c - '0';
3279                     else
3280                         break;
3281                     n = n * 16 + c;
3282                     p++;
3283                 }
3284                 c = n;
3285                 goto add_char_nonext;
3286             case 'a':
3287                 c = '\a';
3288                 break;
3289             case 'b':
3290                 c = '\b';
3291                 break;
3292             case 'f':
3293                 c = '\f';
3294                 break;
3295             case 'n':
3296                 c = '\n';
3297                 break;
3298             case 'r':
3299                 c = '\r';
3300                 break;
3301             case 't':
3302                 c = '\t';
3303                 break;
3304             case 'v':
3305                 c = '\v';
3306                 break;
3307             case 'e':
3308                 if (!gnu_ext)
3309                     goto invalid_escape;
3310                 c = 27;
3311                 break;
3312             case '\'':
3313             case '\"':
3314             case '\\':
3315             case '?':
3316                 break;
3317             default:
3318             invalid_escape:
3319                 if (c >= '!' && c <= '~')
3320                     warning("unknown escape sequence: \'\\%c\'", c);
3321                 else
3322                     warning("unknown escape sequence: \'\\x%x\'", c);
3323                 break;
3324             }
3325         }
3326         p++;
3327     add_char_nonext:
3328         if (!is_long)
3329             cstr_ccat(outstr, c);
3330         else
3331             cstr_wccat(outstr, c);
3332     }
3333     /* add a trailing '\0' */
3334     if (!is_long)
3335         cstr_ccat(outstr, '\0');
3336     else
3337         cstr_wccat(outstr, '\0');
3338 }
3339
3340 /* we use 64 bit numbers */
3341 #define BN_SIZE 2
3342
3343 /* bn = (bn << shift) | or_val */
3344 void bn_lshift(unsigned int *bn, int shift, int or_val)
3345 {
3346     int i;
3347     unsigned int v;
3348     for(i=0;i<BN_SIZE;i++) {
3349         v = bn[i];
3350         bn[i] = (v << shift) | or_val;
3351         or_val = v >> (32 - shift);
3352     }
3353 }
3354
3355 void bn_zero(unsigned int *bn)
3356 {
3357     int i;
3358     for(i=0;i<BN_SIZE;i++) {
3359         bn[i] = 0;
3360     }
3361 }
3362
3363 /* parse number in null terminated string 'p' and return it in the
3364    current token */
3365 void parse_number(const char *p)
3366 {
3367     int b, t, shift, frac_bits, s, exp_val, ch;
3368     char *q;
3369     unsigned int bn[BN_SIZE];
3370     double d;
3371
3372     /* number */
3373     q = token_buf;
3374     ch = *p++;
3375     t = ch;
3376     ch = *p++;
3377     *q++ = t;
3378     b = 10;
3379     if (t == '.') {
3380         goto float_frac_parse;
3381     } else if (t == '0') {
3382         if (ch == 'x' || ch == 'X') {
3383             q--;
3384             ch = *p++;
3385             b = 16;
3386         } else if (tcc_ext && (ch == 'b' || ch == 'B')) {
3387             q--;
3388             ch = *p++;
3389             b = 2;
3390         }
3391     }
3392     /* parse all digits. cannot check octal numbers at this stage
3393        because of floating point constants */
3394     while (1) {
3395         if (ch >= 'a' && ch <= 'f')
3396             t = ch - 'a' + 10;
3397         else if (ch >= 'A' && ch <= 'F')
3398             t = ch - 'A' + 10;
3399         else if (isnum(ch))
3400             t = ch - '0';
3401         else
3402             break;
3403         if (t >= b)
3404             break;
3405         if (q >= token_buf + STRING_MAX_SIZE) {
3406         num_too_long:
3407             error("number too long");
3408         }
3409         *q++ = ch;
3410         ch = *p++;
3411     }
3412     if (ch == '.' ||
3413         ((ch == 'e' || ch == 'E') && b == 10) ||
3414         ((ch == 'p' || ch == 'P') && (b == 16 || b == 2))) {
3415         if (b != 10) {
3416             /* NOTE: strtox should support that for hexa numbers, but
3417                non ISOC99 libcs do not support it, so we prefer to do
3418                it by hand */
3419             /* hexadecimal or binary floats */
3420             /* XXX: handle overflows */
3421             *q = '\0';
3422             if (b == 16)
3423                 shift = 4;
3424             else
3425                 shift = 2;
3426             bn_zero(bn);
3427             q = token_buf;
3428             while (1) {
3429                 t = *q++;
3430                 if (t == '\0') {
3431                     break;
3432                 } else if (t >= 'a') {
3433                     t = t - 'a' + 10;
3434                 } else if (t >= 'A') {
3435                     t = t - 'A' + 10;
3436                 } else {
3437                     t = t - '0';
3438                 }
3439                 bn_lshift(bn, shift, t);
3440             }
3441             frac_bits = 0;
3442             if (ch == '.') {
3443                 ch = *p++;
3444                 while (1) {
3445                     t = ch;
3446                     if (t >= 'a' && t <= 'f') {
3447                         t = t - 'a' + 10;
3448                     } else if (t >= 'A' && t <= 'F') {
3449                         t = t - 'A' + 10;
3450                     } else if (t >= '0' && t <= '9') {
3451                         t = t - '0';
3452                     } else {
3453                         break;
3454                     }
3455                     if (t >= b)
3456                         error("invalid digit");
3457                     bn_lshift(bn, shift, t);
3458                     frac_bits += shift;
3459                     ch = *p++;
3460                 }
3461             }
3462             if (ch != 'p' && ch != 'P')
3463                 expect("exponent");
3464             ch = *p++;
3465             s = 1;
3466             exp_val = 0;
3467             if (ch == '+') {
3468                 ch = *p++;
3469             } else if (ch == '-') {
3470                 s = -1;
3471                 ch = *p++;
3472             }
3473             if (ch < '0' || ch > '9')
3474                 expect("exponent digits");
3475             while (ch >= '0' && ch <= '9') {
3476                 exp_val = exp_val * 10 + ch - '0';
3477                 ch = *p++;
3478             }
3479             exp_val = exp_val * s;
3480
3481             /* now we can generate the number */
3482             /* XXX: should patch directly float number */
3483             d = (double)bn[1] * 4294967296.0 + (double)bn[0];
3484             d = ldexp(d, exp_val - frac_bits);
3485             t = toup(ch);
3486             if (t == 'F') {
3487                 ch = *p++;
3488                 tok = TOK_CFLOAT;
3489                 /* float : should handle overflow */
3490                 tokc.f = (float)d;
3491             } else if (t == 'L') {
3492                 ch = *p++;
3493                 tok = TOK_CLDOUBLE;
3494                 /* XXX: not large enough */
3495                 tokc.ld = (long double)d;
3496             } else {
3497                 tok = TOK_CDOUBLE;
3498                 tokc.d = d;
3499             }
3500         } else {
3501             /* decimal floats */
3502             if (ch == '.') {
3503                 if (q >= token_buf + STRING_MAX_SIZE)
3504                     goto num_too_long;
3505                 *q++ = ch;
3506                 ch = *p++;
3507             float_frac_parse:
3508                 while (ch >= '0' && ch <= '9') {
3509                     if (q >= token_buf + STRING_MAX_SIZE)
3510                         goto num_too_long;
3511                     *q++ = ch;
3512                     ch = *p++;
3513                 }
3514             }
3515             if (ch == 'e' || ch == 'E') {
3516                 if (q >= token_buf + STRING_MAX_SIZE)
3517                     goto num_too_long;
3518                 *q++ = ch;
3519                 ch = *p++;
3520                 if (ch == '-' || ch == '+') {
3521                     if (q >= token_buf + STRING_MAX_SIZE)
3522                         goto num_too_long;
3523                     *q++ = ch;
3524                     ch = *p++;
3525                 }
3526                 if (ch < '0' || ch > '9')
3527                     expect("exponent digits");
3528                 while (ch >= '0' && ch <= '9') {
3529                     if (q >= token_buf + STRING_MAX_SIZE)
3530                         goto num_too_long;
3531                     *q++ = ch;
3532                     ch = *p++;
3533                 }
3534             }
3535             *q = '\0';
3536             t = toup(ch);
3537             errno = 0;
3538             if (t == 'F') {
3539                 ch = *p++;
3540                 tok = TOK_CFLOAT;
3541                 tokc.f = strtof(token_buf, NULL);
3542             } else if (t == 'L') {
3543                 ch = *p++;
3544                 tok = TOK_CLDOUBLE;
3545                 tokc.ld = strtold(token_buf, NULL);
3546             } else {
3547                 tok = TOK_CDOUBLE;
3548                 tokc.d = strtod(token_buf, NULL);
3549             }
3550         }
3551     } else {
3552         unsigned long long n, n1;
3553         int lcount, ucount;
3554
3555         /* integer number */
3556         *q = '\0';
3557         q = token_buf;
3558         if (b == 10 && *q == '0') {
3559             b = 8;
3560             q++;
3561         }
3562         n = 0;
3563         while(1) {
3564             t = *q++;
3565             /* no need for checks except for base 10 / 8 errors */
3566             if (t == '\0') {
3567                 break;
3568             } else if (t >= 'a') {
3569                 t = t - 'a' + 10;
3570             } else if (t >= 'A') {
3571                 t = t - 'A' + 10;
3572             } else {
3573                 t = t - '0';
3574                 if (t >= b)
3575                     error("invalid digit");
3576             }
3577             n1 = n;
3578             n = n * b + t;
3579             /* detect overflow */
3580             /* XXX: this test is not reliable */
3581             if (n < n1)
3582                 error("integer constant overflow");
3583         }
3584
3585         /* XXX: not exactly ANSI compliant */
3586         if ((n & 0xffffffff00000000LL) != 0) {
3587             if ((n >> 63) != 0)
3588                 tok = TOK_CULLONG;
3589             else
3590                 tok = TOK_CLLONG;
3591         } else if (n > 0x7fffffff) {
3592             tok = TOK_CUINT;
3593         } else {
3594             tok = TOK_CINT;
3595         }
3596         lcount = 0;
3597         ucount = 0;
3598         for(;;) {
3599             t = toup(ch);
3600             if (t == 'L') {
3601                 if (lcount >= 2)
3602                     error("three 'l's in integer constant");
3603                 lcount++;
3604                 if (lcount == 2) {
3605                     if (tok == TOK_CINT)
3606                         tok = TOK_CLLONG;
3607                     else if (tok == TOK_CUINT)
3608                         tok = TOK_CULLONG;
3609                 }
3610                 ch = *p++;
3611             } else if (t == 'U') {
3612                 if (ucount >= 1)
3613                     error("two 'u's in integer constant");
3614                 ucount++;
3615                 if (tok == TOK_CINT)
3616                     tok = TOK_CUINT;
3617                 else if (tok == TOK_CLLONG)
3618                     tok = TOK_CULLONG;
3619                 ch = *p++;
3620             } else {
3621                 break;
3622             }
3623         }
3624         if (tok == TOK_CINT || tok == TOK_CUINT)
3625             tokc.ui = n;
3626         else
3627             tokc.ull = n;
3628     }
3629 }
3630
3631
3632 #define PARSE2(c1, tok1, c2, tok2)              \
3633     case c1:                                    \
3634         PEEKC(c, p);                            \
3635         if (c == c2) {                          \
3636             p++;                                \
3637             tok = tok2;                         \
3638         } else {                                \
3639             tok = tok1;                         \
3640         }                                       \
3641         break;
3642
3643 /* return next token without macro substitution */
3644 static inline void next_nomacro1(void)
3645 {
3646     int t, c, is_long;
3647     TokenSym *ts;
3648     uint8_t *p, *p1;
3649     unsigned int h;
3650
3651     p = file->buf_ptr;
3652  redo_no_start:
3653     c = *p;
3654     switch(c) {
3655     case ' ':
3656     case '\t':
3657     case '\f':
3658     case '\v':
3659     case '\r':
3660         p++;
3661         goto redo_no_start;
3662
3663     case '\\':
3664         /* first look if it is in fact an end of buffer */
3665         if (p >= file->buf_end) {
3666             file->buf_ptr = p;
3667             handle_eob();
3668             p = file->buf_ptr;
3669             if (p >= file->buf_end)
3670                 goto parse_eof;
3671             else
3672                 goto redo_no_start;
3673         } else {
3674             file->buf_ptr = p;
3675             ch = *p;
3676             handle_stray();
3677             p = file->buf_ptr;
3678             goto redo_no_start;
3679         }
3680     parse_eof:
3681         {
3682             TCCState *s1 = tcc_state;
3683             if ((parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_LINEFEED)
3684                 && !(tok_flags & TOK_FLAG_EOF)) {
3685                 tok_flags |= TOK_FLAG_EOF;
3686                 tok = TOK_LINEFEED;
3687                 goto keep_tok_flags;
3688             } else if (s1->include_stack_ptr == s1->include_stack ||
3689                        !(parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_PREPROCESS)) {
3690                 /* no include left : end of file. */
3691                 tok = TOK_EOF;
3692             } else {
3693                 tok_flags &= ~TOK_FLAG_EOF;
3694                 /* pop include file */
3695
3696                 /* test if previous '#endif' was after a #ifdef at
3697                    start of file */
3698                 if (tok_flags & TOK_FLAG_ENDIF) {
3699 #ifdef INC_DEBUG
3700                     printf("#endif %s\n", get_tok_str(file->ifndef_macro_saved, NULL));
3701 #endif
3702                     add_cached_include(s1, file->inc_type, file->inc_filename,
3703                                        file->ifndef_macro_saved);
3704                 }
3705
3706                 /* add end of include file debug info */
3707                 if (do_debug) {
3708                     put_stabd(N_EINCL, 0, 0);
3709                 }
3710                 /* pop include stack */
3711                 tcc_close(file);
3712                 s1->include_stack_ptr--;
3713                 file = *s1->include_stack_ptr;
3714                 p = file->buf_ptr;
3715                 goto redo_no_start;
3716             }
3717         }
3718         break;
3719
3720     case '\n':
3721         file->line_num++;
3722         tok_flags |= TOK_FLAG_BOL;
3723         p++;
3724         if (0 == (parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_LINEFEED))
3725             goto redo_no_start;
3726         tok = TOK_LINEFEED;
3727         goto keep_tok_flags;
3728
3729     case '#':
3730         /* XXX: simplify */
3731         PEEKC(c, p);
3732         if ((tok_flags & TOK_FLAG_BOL) &&
3733             (parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_PREPROCESS)) {
3734             file->buf_ptr = p;
3735             preprocess(tok_flags & TOK_FLAG_BOF);
3736             p = file->buf_ptr;
3737             goto redo_no_start;
3738         } else {
3739             if (c == '#') {
3740                 p++;
3741                 tok = TOK_TWOSHARPS;
3742             } else {
3743                 if (parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_ASM_COMMENTS) {
3744                     p = parse_line_comment(p - 1);
3745                     goto redo_no_start;
3746                 } else {
3747                     tok = '#';
3748                 }
3749             }
3750         }
3751         break;
3752
3753     case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd':
3754     case 'e': case 'f': case 'g': case 'h':
3755     case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l':
3756     case 'm': case 'n': case 'o': case 'p':
3757     case 'q': case 'r': case 's': case 't':
3758     case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x':
3759     case 'y': case 'z':
3760     case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D':
3761     case 'E': case 'F': case 'G': case 'H':
3762     case 'I': case 'J': case 'K':
3763     case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P':
3764     case 'Q': case 'R': case 'S': case 'T':
3765     case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X':
3766     case 'Y': case 'Z':
3767     case '_':
3768     parse_ident_fast:
3769         p1 = p;
3770         h = TOK_HASH_INIT;
3771         h = TOK_HASH_FUNC(h, c);
3772         p++;
3773         for(;;) {
3774             c = *p;
3775             if (!isidnum_table[c-CH_EOF])
3776                 break;
3777             h = TOK_HASH_FUNC(h, c);
3778             p++;
3779         }
3780         if (c != '\\') {
3781             TokenSym **pts;
3782             int len;
3783
3784             /* fast case : no stray found, so we have the full token
3785                and we have already hashed it */
3786             len = p - p1;
3787             h &= (TOK_HASH_SIZE - 1);
3788             pts = &hash_ident[h];
3789             for(;;) {
3790                 ts = *pts;
3791                 if (!ts)
3792                     break;
3793                 if (ts->len == len && !memcmp(ts->str, p1, len))
3794                     goto token_found;
3795                 pts = &(ts->hash_next);
3796             }
3797             ts = tok_alloc_new(pts, p1, len);
3798         token_found: ;
3799         } else {
3800             /* slower case */
3801             cstr_reset(&tokcstr);
3802
3803             while (p1 < p) {
3804                 cstr_ccat(&tokcstr, *p1);
3805                 p1++;
3806             }
3807             p--;
3808             PEEKC(c, p);
3809         parse_ident_slow:
3810             while (isidnum_table[c-CH_EOF]) {
3811                 cstr_ccat(&tokcstr, c);
3812                 PEEKC(c, p);
3813             }
3814             ts = tok_alloc(tokcstr.data, tokcstr.size);
3815         }
3816         tok = ts->tok;
3817         break;
3818     case 'L':
3819         t = p[1];
3820         if (t != '\\' && t != '\'' && t != '\"') {
3821             /* fast case */
3822             goto parse_ident_fast;
3823         } else {
3824             PEEKC(c, p);
3825             if (c == '\'' || c == '\"') {
3826                 is_long = 1;
3827                 goto str_const;
3828             } else {
3829                 cstr_reset(&tokcstr);
3830                 cstr_ccat(&tokcstr, 'L');
3831                 goto parse_ident_slow;
3832             }
3833         }
3834         break;
3835     case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3':
3836     case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7':
3837     case '8': case '9':
3838
3839         cstr_reset(&tokcstr);
3840         /* after the first digit, accept digits, alpha, '.' or sign if
3841            prefixed by 'eEpP' */
3842     parse_num:
3843         for(;;) {
3844             t = c;
3845             cstr_ccat(&tokcstr, c);
3846             PEEKC(c, p);
3847             if (!(isnum(c) || isid(c) || c == '.' ||
3848                   ((c == '+' || c == '-') &&
3849                    (t == 'e' || t == 'E' || t == 'p' || t == 'P'))))
3850                 break;
3851         }
3852         /* We add a trailing '\0' to ease parsing */
3853         cstr_ccat(&tokcstr, '\0');
3854         tokc.cstr = &tokcstr;
3855         tok = TOK_PPNUM;
3856         break;
3857     case '.':
3858         /* special dot handling because it can also start a number */
3859         PEEKC(c, p);
3860         if (isnum(c)) {
3861             cstr_reset(&tokcstr);
3862             cstr_ccat(&tokcstr, '.');
3863             goto parse_num;
3864         } else if (c == '.') {
3865             PEEKC(c, p);
3866             if (c != '.')
3867                 expect("'.'");
3868             PEEKC(c, p);
3869             tok = TOK_DOTS;
3870         } else {
3871             tok = '.';
3872         }
3873         break;
3874     case '\'':
3875     case '\"':
3876         is_long = 0;
3877     str_const:
3878         {
3879             CString str;
3880             int sep;
3881
3882             sep = c;
3883
3884             /* parse the string */
3885             cstr_new(&str);
3886             p = parse_pp_string(p, sep, &str);
3887             cstr_ccat(&str, '\0');
3888
3889             /* eval the escape (should be done as TOK_PPNUM) */
3890             cstr_reset(&tokcstr);
3891             parse_escape_string(&tokcstr, str.data, is_long);
3892             cstr_free(&str);
3893
3894             if (sep == '\'') {
3895                 int char_size;
3896                 /* XXX: make it portable */
3897                 if (!is_long)
3898                     char_size = 1;
3899                 else
3900                     char_size = sizeof(nwchar_t);
3901                 if (tokcstr.size <= char_size)
3902                     error("empty character constant");
3903                 if (tokcstr.size > 2 * char_size)
3904                     warning("multi-character character constant");
3905                 if (!is_long) {
3906                     tokc.i = *(int8_t *)tokcstr.data;
3907                     tok = TOK_CCHAR;
3908                 } else {
3909                     tokc.i = *(nwchar_t *)tokcstr.data;
3910                     tok = TOK_LCHAR;
3911                 }
3912             } else {
3913                 tokc.cstr = &tokcstr;
3914                 if (!is_long)
3915                     tok = TOK_STR;
3916                 else
3917                     tok = TOK_LSTR;
3918             }
3919         }
3920         break;
3921
3922     case '<':
3923         PEEKC(c, p);
3924         if (c == '=') {
3925             p++;
3926             tok = TOK_LE;
3927         } else if (c == '<') {
3928             PEEKC(c, p);
3929             if (c == '=') {
3930                 p++;
3931                 tok = TOK_A_SHL;
3932             } else {
3933                 tok = TOK_SHL;
3934             }
3935         } else {
3936             tok = TOK_LT;
3937         }
3938         break;
3939
3940     case '>':
3941         PEEKC(c, p);
3942         if (c == '=') {
3943             p++;
3944             tok = TOK_GE;
3945         } else if (c == '>') {
3946             PEEKC(c, p);
3947             if (c == '=') {
3948                 p++;
3949                 tok = TOK_A_SAR;
3950             } else {
3951                 tok = TOK_SAR;
3952             }
3953         } else {
3954             tok = TOK_GT;
3955         }
3956         break;
3957
3958     case '&':
3959         PEEKC(c, p);
3960         if (c == '&') {
3961             p++;
3962             tok = TOK_LAND;
3963         } else if (c == '=') {
3964             p++;
3965             tok = TOK_A_AND;
3966         } else {
3967             tok = '&';
3968         }
3969         break;
3970
3971     case '|':
3972         PEEKC(c, p);
3973         if (c == '|') {
3974             p++;
3975             tok = TOK_LOR;
3976         } else if (c == '=') {
3977             p++;
3978             tok = TOK_A_OR;
3979         } else {
3980             tok = '|';
3981         }
3982         break;
3983
3984     case '+':
3985         PEEKC(c, p);
3986         if (c == '+') {
3987             p++;
3988             tok = TOK_INC;
3989         } else if (c == '=') {
3990             p++;
3991             tok = TOK_A_ADD;
3992         } else {
3993             tok = '+';
3994         }
3995         break;
3996
3997     case '-':
3998         PEEKC(c, p);
3999         if (c == '-') {
4000             p++;
4001             tok = TOK_DEC;
4002         } else if (c == '=') {
4003             p++;
4004             tok = TOK_A_SUB;
4005         } else if (c == '>') {
4006             p++;
4007             tok = TOK_ARROW;
4008         } else {
4009             tok = '-';
4010         }
4011         break;
4012
4013     PARSE2('!', '!', '=', TOK_NE)
4014     PARSE2('=', '=', '=', TOK_EQ)
4015     PARSE2('*', '*', '=', TOK_A_MUL)
4016     PARSE2('%', '%', '=', TOK_A_MOD)
4017     PARSE2('^', '^', '=', TOK_A_XOR)
4018
4019         /* comments or operator */
4020     case '/':
4021         PEEKC(c, p);
4022         if (c == '*') {
4023             p = parse_comment(p);
4024             goto redo_no_start;
4025         } else if (c == '/') {
4026             p = parse_line_comment(p);
4027             goto redo_no_start;
4028         } else if (c == '=') {
4029             p++;
4030             tok = TOK_A_DIV;
4031         } else {
4032             tok = '/';
4033         }
4034         break;
4035
4036         /* simple tokens */
4037     case '(':
4038     case ')':
4039     case '[':
4040     case ']':
4041     case '{':
4042     case '}':
4043     case ',':
4044     case ';':
4045     case ':':
4046     case '?':
4047     case '~':
4048     case '$': /* only used in assembler */
4049     case '@': /* dito */
4050         tok = c;
4051         p++;
4052         break;
4053     default:
4054         error("unrecognized character \\x%02x", c);
4055         break;
4056     }
4057     tok_flags = 0;
4058 keep_tok_flags:
4059     file->buf_ptr = p;
4060 #if defined(PARSE_DEBUG)
4061     printf("token = %s\n", get_tok_str(tok, &tokc));
4062 #endif
4063 }
4064
4065 /* return next token without macro substitution. Can read input from
4066    macro_ptr buffer */
4067 static void next_nomacro(void)
4068 {
4069     if (macro_ptr) {
4070     redo:
4071         tok = *macro_ptr;
4072         if (tok) {
4073             TOK_GET(tok, macro_ptr, tokc);
4074             if (tok == TOK_LINENUM) {
4075                 file->line_num = tokc.i;
4076                 goto redo;
4077             }
4078         }
4079     } else {
4080         next_nomacro1();
4081     }
4082 }
4083
4084 /* substitute args in macro_str and return allocated string */
4085 static int *macro_arg_subst(Sym **nested_list, int *macro_str, Sym *args)
4086 {
4087     int *st, last_tok, t, notfirst;
4088     Sym *s;
4089     CValue cval;
4090     TokenString str;
4091     CString cstr;
4092
4093     tok_str_new(&str);
4094     last_tok = 0;
4095     while(1) {
4096         TOK_GET(t, macro_str, cval);
4097         if (!t)
4098             break;
4099         if (t == '#') {
4100             /* stringize */
4101             TOK_GET(t, macro_str, cval);
4102             if (!t)
4103                 break;
4104             s = sym_find2(args, t);
4105             if (s) {
4106                 cstr_new(&cstr);
4107                 st = (int *)s->c;
4108                 notfirst = 0;
4109                 while (*st) {
4110                     if (notfirst)
4111                         cstr_ccat(&cstr, ' ');
4112                     TOK_GET(t, st, cval);
4113                     cstr_cat(&cstr, get_tok_str(t, &cval));
4114 #ifndef PP_NOSPACES
4115                     notfirst = 1;
4116 #endif
4117                 }
4118                 cstr_ccat(&cstr, '\0');
4119 #ifdef PP_DEBUG
4120                 printf("stringize: %s\n", (char *)cstr.data);
4121 #endif
4122                 /* add string */
4123                 cval.cstr = &cstr;
4124                 tok_str_add2(&str, TOK_STR, &cval);
4125                 cstr_free(&cstr);
4126             } else {
4127                 tok_str_add2(&str, t, &cval);
4128             }
4129         } else if (t >= TOK_IDENT) {
4130             s = sym_find2(args, t);
4131             if (s) {
4132                 st = (int *)s->c;
4133                 /* if '##' is present before or after, no arg substitution */
4134                 if (*macro_str == TOK_TWOSHARPS || last_tok == TOK_TWOSHARPS) {
4135                     /* special case for var arg macros : ## eats the
4136                        ',' if empty VA_ARGS variable. */
4137                     /* XXX: test of the ',' is not 100%
4138                        reliable. should fix it to avoid security
4139                        problems */
4140                     if (gnu_ext && s->type.t &&
4141                         last_tok == TOK_TWOSHARPS &&
4142                         str.len >= 2 && str.str[str.len - 2] == ',') {
4143                         if (*st == 0) {
4144                             /* suppress ',' '##' */
4145                             str.len -= 2;
4146                         } else {
4147                             /* suppress '##' and add variable */
4148                             str.len--;
4149                             goto add_var;
4150                         }
4151                     } else {
4152                         int t1;
4153                     add_var:
4154                         for(;;) {
4155                             TOK_GET(t1, st, cval);
4156                             if (!t1)
4157                                 break;
4158                             tok_str_add2(&str, t1, &cval);
4159                         }
4160                     }
4161                 } else {
4162                     /* NOTE: the stream cannot be read when macro
4163                        substituing an argument */
4164                     macro_subst(&str, nested_list, st, NULL);
4165                 }
4166             } else {
4167                 tok_str_add(&str, t);
4168             }
4169         } else {
4170             tok_str_add2(&str, t, &cval);
4171         }
4172         last_tok = t;
4173     }
4174     tok_str_add(&str, 0);
4175     return str.str;
4176 }
4177
4178 static char const ab_month_name[12][4] =
4179 {
4180     "Jan", "Feb", "Mar", "Apr", "May", "Jun",
4181     "Jul", "Aug", "Sep", "Oct", "Nov", "Dec"
4182 };
4183
4184 /* do macro substitution of current token with macro 's' and add
4185    result to (tok_str,tok_len). 'nested_list' is the list of all
4186    macros we got inside to avoid recursing. Return non zero if no
4187    substitution needs to be done */
4188 static int macro_subst_tok(TokenString *tok_str,
4189                            Sym **nested_list, Sym *s, struct macro_level **can_read_stream)
4190 {
4191     Sym *args, *sa, *sa1;
4192     int mstr_allocated, parlevel, *mstr, t, t1;
4193     TokenString str;
4194     char *cstrval;
4195     CValue cval;
4196     CString cstr;
4197     char buf[32];
4198
4199     /* if symbol is a macro, prepare substitution */
4200     /* special macros */
4201     if (tok == TOK___LINE__) {
4202         snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%d", file->line_num);
4203         cstrval = buf;
4204         t1 = TOK_PPNUM;
4205         goto add_cstr1;
4206     } else if (tok == TOK___FILE__) {
4207         cstrval = file->filename;
4208         goto add_cstr;
4209     } else if (tok == TOK___DATE__ || tok == TOK___TIME__) {
4210         time_t ti;
4211         struct tm *tm;
4212
4213         time(&ti);
4214         tm = localtime(&ti);
4215         if (tok == TOK___DATE__) {
4216             snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s %2d %d",
4217                      ab_month_name[tm->tm_mon], tm->tm_mday, tm->tm_year + 1900);
4218         } else {
4219             snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%02d:%02d:%02d",
4220                      tm->tm_hour, tm->tm_min, tm->tm_sec);
4221         }
4222         cstrval = buf;
4223     add_cstr:
4224         t1 = TOK_STR;
4225     add_cstr1:
4226         cstr_new(&cstr);
4227         cstr_cat(&cstr, cstrval);
4228         cstr_ccat(&cstr, '\0');
4229         cval.cstr = &cstr;
4230         tok_str_add2(tok_str, t1, &cval);
4231         cstr_free(&cstr);
4232     } else {
4233         mstr = (int *)s->c;
4234         mstr_allocated = 0;
4235         if (s->type.t == MACRO_FUNC) {
4236             /* NOTE: we do not use next_nomacro to avoid eating the
4237                next token. XXX: find better solution */
4238         redo:
4239             if (macro_ptr) {
4240                 t = *macro_ptr;
4241                 if (t == 0 && can_read_stream) {
4242                     /* end of macro stream: we must look at the token
4243                        after in the file */
4244                     struct macro_level *ml = *can_read_stream;
4245                     macro_ptr = NULL;
4246                     if (ml)
4247                     {
4248                         macro_ptr = ml->p;
4249                         ml->p = NULL;
4250                         *can_read_stream = ml -> prev;
4251                     }
4252                     goto redo;
4253                 }
4254             } else {
4255                 /* XXX: incorrect with comments */
4256                 ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
4257                 while (is_space(ch) || ch == '\n')
4258                     cinp();
4259                 t = ch;
4260             }
4261             if (t != '(') /* no macro subst */
4262                 return -1;
4263
4264             /* argument macro */
4265             next_nomacro();
4266             next_nomacro();
4267             args = NULL;
4268             sa = s->next;
4269             /* NOTE: empty args are allowed, except if no args */
4270             for(;;) {
4271                 /* handle '()' case */
4272                 if (!args && !sa && tok == ')')
4273                     break;
4274                 if (!sa)
4275                     error("macro '%s' used with too many args",
4276                           get_tok_str(s->v, 0));
4277                 tok_str_new(&str);
4278                 parlevel = 0;
4279                 /* NOTE: non zero sa->t indicates VA_ARGS */
4280                 while ((parlevel > 0 ||
4281                         (tok != ')' &&
4282                          (tok != ',' || sa->type.t))) &&
4283                        tok != -1) {
4284                     if (tok == '(')
4285                         parlevel++;
4286                     else if (tok == ')')
4287                         parlevel--;
4288                     if (tok != TOK_LINEFEED)
4289                         tok_str_add2(&str, tok, &tokc);
4290                     next_nomacro();
4291                 }
4292                 tok_str_add(&str, 0);
4293                 sym_push2(&args, sa->v & ~SYM_FIELD, sa->type.t, (int)str.str);
4294                 sa = sa->next;
4295                 if (tok == ')') {
4296                     /* special case for gcc var args: add an empty
4297                        var arg argument if it is omitted */
4298                     if (sa && sa->type.t && gnu_ext)
4299                         continue;
4300                     else
4301                         break;
4302                 }
4303                 if (tok != ',')
4304                     expect(",");
4305                 next_nomacro();
4306             }
4307             if (sa) {
4308                 error("macro '%s' used with too few args",
4309                       get_tok_str(s->v, 0));
4310             }
4311
4312             /* now subst each arg */
4313             mstr = macro_arg_subst(nested_list, mstr, args);
4314             /* free memory */
4315             sa = args;
4316             while (sa) {
4317                 sa1 = sa->prev;
4318                 tok_str_free((int *)sa->c);
4319                 sym_free(sa);
4320                 sa = sa1;
4321             }
4322             mstr_allocated = 1;
4323         }
4324         sym_push2(nested_list, s->v, 0, 0);
4325         macro_subst(tok_str, nested_list, mstr, can_read_stream);
4326         /* pop nested defined symbol */
4327         sa1 = *nested_list;
4328         *nested_list = sa1->prev;
4329         sym_free(sa1);
4330         if (mstr_allocated)
4331             tok_str_free(mstr);
4332     }
4333     return 0;
4334 }
4335
4336 /* handle the '##' operator. Return NULL if no '##' seen. Otherwise
4337    return the resulting string (which must be freed). */
4338 static inline int *macro_twosharps(const int *macro_str)
4339 {
4340     TokenSym *ts;
4341     const int *macro_ptr1, *start_macro_ptr, *ptr, *saved_macro_ptr;
4342     int t;
4343     const char *p1, *p2;
4344     CValue cval;
4345     TokenString macro_str1;
4346     CString cstr;
4347
4348     start_macro_ptr = macro_str;
4349     /* we search the first '##' */
4350     for(;;) {
4351         macro_ptr1 = macro_str;
4352         TOK_GET(t, macro_str, cval);
4353         /* nothing more to do if end of string */
4354         if (t == 0)
4355             return NULL;
4356         if (*macro_str == TOK_TWOSHARPS)
4357             break;
4358     }
4359
4360     /* we saw '##', so we need more processing to handle it */
4361     cstr_new(&cstr);
4362     tok_str_new(&macro_str1);
4363     tok = t;
4364     tokc = cval;
4365
4366     /* add all tokens seen so far */
4367     for(ptr = start_macro_ptr; ptr < macro_ptr1;) {
4368         TOK_GET(t, ptr, cval);
4369         tok_str_add2(&macro_str1, t, &cval);
4370     }
4371     saved_macro_ptr = macro_ptr;
4372     /* XXX: get rid of the use of macro_ptr here */
4373     macro_ptr = (int *)macro_str;
4374     for(;;) {
4375         while (*macro_ptr == TOK_TWOSHARPS) {
4376             macro_ptr++;
4377             macro_ptr1 = macro_ptr;
4378             t = *macro_ptr;
4379             if (t) {
4380                 TOK_GET(t, macro_ptr, cval);
4381                 /* We concatenate the two tokens if we have an
4382                    identifier or a preprocessing number */
4383                 cstr_reset(&cstr);
4384                 p1 = get_tok_str(tok, &tokc);
4385                 cstr_cat(&cstr, p1);
4386                 p2 = get_tok_str(t, &cval);
4387                 cstr_cat(&cstr, p2);
4388                 cstr_ccat(&cstr, '\0');
4389
4390                 if ((tok >= TOK_IDENT || tok == TOK_PPNUM) &&
4391                     (t >= TOK_IDENT || t == TOK_PPNUM)) {
4392                     if (tok == TOK_PPNUM) {
4393                         /* if number, then create a number token */
4394                         /* NOTE: no need to allocate because
4395                            tok_str_add2() does it */
4396                         cstr_reset(&tokcstr);
4397                         tokcstr = cstr;
4398                         cstr_new(&cstr);
4399                         tokc.cstr = &tokcstr;
4400                     } else {
4401                         /* if identifier, we must do a test to
4402                            validate we have a correct identifier */
4403                         if (t == TOK_PPNUM) {
4404                             const char *p;
4405                             int c;
4406
4407                             p = p2;
4408                             for(;;) {
4409                                 c = *p;
4410                                 if (c == '\0')
4411                                     break;
4412                                 p++;
4413                                 if (!isnum(c) && !isid(c))
4414                                     goto error_pasting;
4415                             }
4416                         }
4417                         ts = tok_alloc(cstr.data, strlen(cstr.data));
4418                         tok = ts->tok; /* modify current token */
4419                     }
4420                 } else {
4421                     const char *str = cstr.data;
4422                     const unsigned char *q;
4423
4424                     /* we look for a valid token */
4425                     /* XXX: do more extensive checks */
4426                     if (!strcmp(str, ">>=")) {
4427                         tok = TOK_A_SAR;
4428                     } else if (!strcmp(str, "<<=")) {
4429                         tok = TOK_A_SHL;
4430                     } else if (strlen(str) == 2) {
4431                         /* search in two bytes table */
4432                         q = tok_two_chars;
4433                         for(;;) {
4434                             if (!*q)
4435                                 goto error_pasting;
4436                             if (q[0] == str[0] && q[1] == str[1])
4437                                 break;
4438                             q += 3;
4439                         }
4440                         tok = q[2];
4441                     } else {
4442                     error_pasting:
4443                         /* NOTE: because get_tok_str use a static buffer,
4444                            we must save it */
4445                         cstr_reset(&cstr);
4446                         p1 = get_tok_str(tok, &tokc);
4447                         cstr_cat(&cstr, p1);
4448                         cstr_ccat(&cstr, '\0');
4449                         p2 = get_tok_str(t, &cval);
4450                         warning("pasting \"%s\" and \"%s\" does not give a valid preprocessing token", cstr.data, p2);
4451                         /* cannot merge tokens: just add them separately */
4452                         tok_str_add2(&macro_str1, tok, &tokc);
4453                         /* XXX: free associated memory ? */
4454                         tok = t;
4455                         tokc = cval;
4456                     }
4457                 }
4458             }
4459         }
4460         tok_str_add2(&macro_str1, tok, &tokc);
4461         next_nomacro();
4462         if (tok == 0)
4463             break;
4464     }
4465     macro_ptr = (int *)saved_macro_ptr;
4466     cstr_free(&cstr);
4467     tok_str_add(&macro_str1, 0);
4468     return macro_str1.str;
4469 }
4470
4471
4472 /* do macro substitution of macro_str and add result to
4473    (tok_str,tok_len). 'nested_list' is the list of all macros we got
4474    inside to avoid recursing. */
4475 static void macro_subst(TokenString *tok_str, Sym **nested_list,
4476                         const int *macro_str, struct macro_level ** can_read_stream)
4477 {
4478     Sym *s;
4479     int *macro_str1;
4480     const int *ptr;
4481     int t, ret;
4482     CValue cval;
4483     struct macro_level ml;
4484
4485     /* first scan for '##' operator handling */
4486     ptr = macro_str;
4487     macro_str1 = macro_twosharps(ptr);
4488     if (macro_str1)
4489         ptr = macro_str1;
4490     while (1) {
4491         /* NOTE: ptr == NULL can only happen if tokens are read from
4492            file stream due to a macro function call */
4493         if (ptr == NULL)
4494             break;
4495         TOK_GET(t, ptr, cval);
4496         if (t == 0)
4497             break;
4498         s = define_find(t);
4499         if (s != NULL) {
4500             /* if nested substitution, do nothing */
4501             if (sym_find2(*nested_list, t))
4502                 goto no_subst;
4503             ml.p = macro_ptr;
4504             if (can_read_stream)
4505                 ml.prev = *can_read_stream, *can_read_stream = &ml;
4506             macro_ptr = (int *)ptr;
4507             tok = t;
4508             ret = macro_subst_tok(tok_str, nested_list, s, can_read_stream);
4509             ptr = (int *)macro_ptr;
4510             macro_ptr = ml.p;
4511             if (can_read_stream && *can_read_stream == &ml)
4512                 *can_read_stream = ml.prev;
4513             if (ret != 0)
4514                 goto no_subst;
4515         } else {
4516         no_subst:
4517             tok_str_add2(tok_str, t, &cval);
4518         }
4519     }
4520     if (macro_str1)
4521         tok_str_free(macro_str1);
4522 }
4523
4524 /* return next token with macro substitution */
4525 static void next(void)
4526 {
4527     Sym *nested_list, *s;
4528     TokenString str;
4529     struct macro_level *ml;
4530
4531  redo:
4532     next_nomacro();
4533     if (!macro_ptr) {
4534         /* if not reading from macro substituted string, then try
4535            to substitute macros */
4536         if (tok >= TOK_IDENT &&
4537             (parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_PREPROCESS)) {
4538             s = define_find(tok);
4539             if (s) {
4540                 /* we have a macro: we try to substitute */
4541                 tok_str_new(&str);
4542                 nested_list = NULL;
4543                 ml = NULL;
4544                 if (macro_subst_tok(&str, &nested_list, s, &ml) == 0) {
4545                     /* substitution done, NOTE: maybe empty */
4546                     tok_str_add(&str, 0);
4547                     macro_ptr = str.str;
4548                     macro_ptr_allocated = str.str;
4549                     goto redo;
4550                 }
4551             }
4552         }
4553     } else {
4554         if (tok == 0) {
4555             /* end of macro or end of unget buffer */
4556             if (unget_buffer_enabled) {
4557                 macro_ptr = unget_saved_macro_ptr;
4558                 unget_buffer_enabled = 0;
4559             } else {
4560                 /* end of macro string: free it */
4561                 tok_str_free(macro_ptr_allocated);
4562                 macro_ptr = NULL;
4563             }
4564             goto redo;
4565         }
4566     }
4567
4568     /* convert preprocessor tokens into C tokens */
4569     if (tok == TOK_PPNUM &&
4570         (parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_TOK_NUM)) {
4571         parse_number((char *)tokc.cstr->data);
4572     }
4573 }
4574
4575 /* push back current token and set current token to 'last_tok'. Only
4576    identifier case handled for labels. */
4577 static inline void unget_tok(int last_tok)
4578 {
4579     int i, n;
4580     int *q;
4581     unget_saved_macro_ptr = macro_ptr;
4582     unget_buffer_enabled = 1;
4583     q = unget_saved_buffer;
4584     macro_ptr = q;
4585     *q++ = tok;
4586     n = tok_ext_size(tok) - 1;
4587     for(i=0;i<n;i++)
4588         *q++ = tokc.tab[i];
4589     *q = 0; /* end of token string */
4590     tok = last_tok;
4591 }
4592
4593
4594 void swap(int *p, int *q)
4595 {
4596     int t;
4597     t = *p;
4598     *p = *q;
4599     *q = t;
4600 }
4601
4602 void vsetc(CType *type, int r, CValue *vc)
4603 {
4604     int v;
4605
4606     if (vtop >= vstack + (VSTACK_SIZE - 1))
4607         error("memory full");
4608     /* cannot let cpu flags if other instruction are generated. Also
4609        avoid leaving VT_JMP anywhere except on the top of the stack
4610        because it would complicate the code generator. */
4611     if (vtop >= vstack) {
4612         v = vtop->r & VT_VALMASK;
4613         if (v == VT_CMP || (v & ~1) == VT_JMP)
4614             gv(RC_INT);
4615     }
4616     vtop++;
4617     vtop->type = *type;
4618     vtop->r = r;
4619     vtop->r2 = VT_CONST;
4620     vtop->c = *vc;
4621 }
4622
4623 /* push integer constant */
4624 void vpushi(int v)
4625 {
4626     CValue cval;
4627     cval.i = v;
4628     vsetc(&int_type, VT_CONST, &cval);
4629 }
4630
4631 /* Return a static symbol pointing to a section */
4632 static Sym *get_sym_ref(CType *type, Section *sec,
4633                         unsigned long offset, unsigned long size)
4634 {
4635     int v;
4636     Sym *sym;
4637
4638     v = anon_sym++;
4639     sym = global_identifier_push(v, type->t | VT_STATIC, 0);
4640     sym->type.ref = type->ref;
4641     sym->r = VT_CONST | VT_SYM;
4642     put_extern_sym(sym, sec, offset, size);
4643     return sym;
4644 }
4645
4646 /* push a reference to a section offset by adding a dummy symbol */
4647 static void vpush_ref(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long offset, unsigned long size)
4648 {
4649     CValue cval;
4650
4651     cval.ul = 0;
4652     vsetc(type, VT_CONST | VT_SYM, &cval);
4653     vtop->sym = get_sym_ref(type, sec, offset, size);
4654 }
4655
4656 /* define a new external reference to a symbol 'v' of type 'u' */
4657 static Sym *external_global_sym(int v, CType *type, int r)
4658 {
4659     Sym *s;
4660
4661     s = sym_find(v);
4662     if (!s) {
4663         /* push forward reference */
4664         s = global_identifier_push(v, type->t | VT_EXTERN, 0);
4665         s->type.ref = type->ref;
4666         s->r = r | VT_CONST | VT_SYM;
4667     }
4668     return s;
4669 }
4670
4671 /* define a new external reference to a symbol 'v' of type 'u' */
4672 static Sym *external_sym(int v, CType *type, int r)
4673 {
4674     Sym *s;
4675
4676     s = sym_find(v);
4677     if (!s) {
4678         /* push forward reference */
4679         s = sym_push(v, type, r | VT_CONST | VT_SYM, 0);
4680         s->type.t |= VT_EXTERN;
4681     } else {
4682         if (!is_compatible_types(&s->type, type))
4683             error("incompatible types for redefinition of '%s'",
4684                   get_tok_str(v, NULL));
4685     }
4686     return s;
4687 }
4688
4689 /* push a reference to global symbol v */
4690 static void vpush_global_sym(CType *type, int v)
4691 {
4692     Sym *sym;
4693     CValue cval;
4694
4695     sym = external_global_sym(v, type, 0);
4696     cval.ul = 0;
4697     vsetc(type, VT_CONST | VT_SYM, &cval);
4698     vtop->sym = sym;
4699 }
4700
4701 void vset(CType *type, int r, int v)
4702 {
4703     CValue cval;
4704
4705     cval.i = v;
4706     vsetc(type, r, &cval);
4707 }
4708
4709 void vseti(int r, int v)
4710 {
4711     CType type;
4712     type.t = VT_INT;
4713     vset(&type, r, v);
4714 }
4715
4716 void vswap(void)
4717 {
4718     SValue tmp;
4719
4720     tmp = vtop[0];
4721     vtop[0] = vtop[-1];
4722     vtop[-1] = tmp;
4723 }
4724
4725 void vpushv(SValue *v)
4726 {
4727     if (vtop >= vstack + (VSTACK_SIZE - 1))
4728         error("memory full");
4729     vtop++;
4730     *vtop = *v;
4731 }
4732
4733 void vdup(void)
4734 {
4735     vpushv(vtop);
4736 }
4737
4738 /* save r to the memory stack, and mark it as being free */
4739 void save_reg(int r)
4740 {
4741     int l, saved, size, align;
4742     SValue *p, sv;
4743     CType *type;
4744
4745     /* modify all stack values */
4746     saved = 0;
4747     l = 0;
4748     for(p=vstack;p<=vtop;p++) {
4749         if ((p->r & VT_VALMASK) == r ||
4750             ((p->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG && (p->r2 & VT_VALMASK) == r)) {
4751             /* must save value on stack if not already done */
4752             if (!saved) {
4753                 /* NOTE: must reload 'r' because r might be equal to r2 */
4754                 r = p->r & VT_VALMASK;
4755                 /* store register in the stack */
4756                 type = &p->type;
4757                 if ((p->r & VT_LVAL) ||
4758                     (!is_float(type->t) && (type->t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_LLONG))
4759                     type = &int_type;
4760                 size = type_size(type, &align);
4761                 loc = (loc - size) & -align;
4762                 sv.type.t = type->t;
4763                 sv.r = VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
4764                 sv.c.ul = loc;
4765                 store(r, &sv);
4766 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
4767                 /* x86 specific: need to pop fp register ST0 if saved */
4768                 if (r == TREG_ST0) {
4769                     o(0xd9dd); /* fstp %st(1) */
4770                 }
4771 #endif
4772                 /* special long long case */
4773                 if ((type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
4774                     sv.c.ul += 4;
4775                     store(p->r2, &sv);
4776                 }
4777                 l = loc;
4778                 saved = 1;
4779             }
4780             /* mark that stack entry as being saved on the stack */
4781             if (p->r & VT_LVAL) {
4782                 /* also clear the bounded flag because the
4783                    relocation address of the function was stored in
4784                    p->c.ul */
4785                 p->r = (p->r & ~(VT_VALMASK | VT_BOUNDED)) | VT_LLOCAL;
4786             } else {
4787                 p->r = lvalue_type(p->type.t) | VT_LOCAL;
4788             }
4789             p->r2 = VT_CONST;
4790             p->c.ul = l;
4791         }
4792     }
4793 }
4794
4795 /* find a register of class 'rc2' with at most one reference on stack.
4796  * If none, call get_reg(rc) */
4797 int get_reg_ex(int rc, int rc2)
4798 {
4799     int r;
4800     SValue *p;
4801
4802     for(r=0;r<NB_REGS;r++) {
4803         if (reg_classes[r] & rc2) {
4804             int n;
4805             n=0;
4806             for(p = vstack; p <= vtop; p++) {
4807                 if ((p->r & VT_VALMASK) == r ||
4808                     (p->r2 & VT_VALMASK) == r)
4809                     n++;
4810             }
4811             if (n <= 1)
4812                 return r;
4813         }
4814     }
4815     return get_reg(rc);
4816 }
4817
4818 /* find a free register of class 'rc'. If none, save one register */
4819 int get_reg(int rc)
4820 {
4821     int r;
4822     SValue *p;
4823
4824     /* find a free register */
4825     for(r=0;r<NB_REGS;r++) {
4826         if (reg_classes[r] & rc) {
4827             for(p=vstack;p<=vtop;p++) {
4828                 if ((p->r & VT_VALMASK) == r ||
4829                     (p->r2 & VT_VALMASK) == r)
4830                     goto notfound;
4831             }
4832             return r;
4833         }
4834     notfound: ;
4835     }
4836
4837     /* no register left : free the first one on the stack (VERY
4838        IMPORTANT to start from the bottom to ensure that we don't
4839        spill registers used in gen_opi()) */
4840     for(p=vstack;p<=vtop;p++) {
4841         r = p->r & VT_VALMASK;
4842         if (r < VT_CONST && (reg_classes[r] & rc))
4843             goto save_found;
4844         /* also look at second register (if long long) */
4845         r = p->r2 & VT_VALMASK;
4846         if (r < VT_CONST && (reg_classes[r] & rc)) {
4847         save_found:
4848             save_reg(r);
4849             return r;
4850         }
4851     }
4852     /* Should never comes here */
4853     return -1;
4854 }
4855
4856 /* save registers up to (vtop - n) stack entry */
4857 void save_regs(int n)
4858 {
4859     int r;
4860     SValue *p, *p1;
4861     p1 = vtop - n;
4862     for(p = vstack;p <= p1; p++) {
4863         r = p->r & VT_VALMASK;
4864         if (r < VT_CONST) {
4865             save_reg(r);
4866         }
4867     }
4868 }
4869
4870 /* move register 's' to 'r', and flush previous value of r to memory
4871    if needed */
4872 void move_reg(int r, int s)
4873 {
4874     SValue sv;
4875
4876     if (r != s) {
4877         save_reg(r);
4878         sv.type.t = VT_INT;
4879         sv.r = s;
4880         sv.c.ul = 0;
4881         load(r, &sv);
4882     }
4883 }
4884
4885 /* get address of vtop (vtop MUST BE an lvalue) */
4886 void gaddrof(void)
4887 {
4888     vtop->r &= ~VT_LVAL;
4889     /* tricky: if saved lvalue, then we can go back to lvalue */
4890     if ((vtop->r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_LLOCAL)
4891         vtop->r = (vtop->r & ~(VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL_TYPE)) | VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
4892 }
4893
4894 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
4895 /* generate lvalue bound code */
4896 void gbound(void)
4897 {
4898     int lval_type;
4899     CType type1;
4900
4901     vtop->r &= ~VT_MUSTBOUND;
4902     /* if lvalue, then use checking code before dereferencing */
4903     if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL) {
4904         /* if not VT_BOUNDED value, then make one */
4905         if (!(vtop->r & VT_BOUNDED)) {
4906             lval_type = vtop->r & (VT_LVAL_TYPE | VT_LVAL);
4907             /* must save type because we must set it to int to get pointer */
4908             type1 = vtop->type;
4909             vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
4910             gaddrof();
4911             vpushi(0);
4912             gen_bounded_ptr_add();
4913             vtop->r |= lval_type;
4914             vtop->type = type1;
4915         }
4916         /* then check for dereferencing */
4917         gen_bounded_ptr_deref();
4918     }
4919 }
4920 #endif
4921
4922 /* store vtop a register belonging to class 'rc'. lvalues are
4923    converted to values. Cannot be used if cannot be converted to
4924    register value (such as structures). */
4925 int gv(int rc)
4926 {
4927     int r, r2, rc2, bit_pos, bit_size, size, align, i;
4928     unsigned long long ll;
4929
4930     /* NOTE: get_reg can modify vstack[] */
4931     if (vtop->type.t & VT_BITFIELD) {
4932         bit_pos = (vtop->type.t >> VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) & 0x3f;
4933         bit_size = (vtop->type.t >> (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6)) & 0x3f;
4934         /* remove bit field info to avoid loops */
4935         vtop->type.t &= ~(VT_BITFIELD | (-1 << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT));
4936         /* generate shifts */
4937         vpushi(32 - (bit_pos + bit_size));
4938         gen_op(TOK_SHL);
4939         vpushi(32 - bit_size);
4940         /* NOTE: transformed to SHR if unsigned */
4941         gen_op(TOK_SAR);
4942         r = gv(rc);
4943     } else {
4944         if (is_float(vtop->type.t) &&
4945             (vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) == VT_CONST) {
4946             Sym *sym;
4947             int *ptr;
4948             unsigned long offset;
4949 #if defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM) && !defined(TCC_ARM_VFP)
4950             CValue check;
4951 #endif
4952
4953             /* XXX: unify with initializers handling ? */
4954             /* CPUs usually cannot use float constants, so we store them
4955                generically in data segment */
4956             size = type_size(&vtop->type, &align);
4957             offset = (data_section->data_offset + align - 1) & -align;
4958             data_section->data_offset = offset;
4959             /* XXX: not portable yet */
4960 #ifdef __i386__
4961             /* Zero pad x87 tenbyte long doubles */
4962             if (size == 12)
4963                 vtop->c.tab[2] &= 0xffff;
4964 #endif
4965             ptr = section_ptr_add(data_section, size);
4966             size = size >> 2;
4967 #if defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM) && !defined(TCC_ARM_VFP)
4968             check.d = 1;
4969             if(check.tab[0])
4970                 for(i=0;i<size;i++)
4971                     ptr[i] = vtop->c.tab[size-1-i];
4972             else
4973 #endif
4974             for(i=0;i<size;i++)
4975                 ptr[i] = vtop->c.tab[i];
4976             sym = get_sym_ref(&vtop->type, data_section, offset, size << 2);
4977             vtop->r |= VT_LVAL | VT_SYM;
4978             vtop->sym = sym;
4979             vtop->c.ul = 0;
4980         }
4981 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
4982         if (vtop->r & VT_MUSTBOUND)
4983             gbound();
4984 #endif
4985
4986         r = vtop->r & VT_VALMASK;
4987         /* need to reload if:
4988            - constant
4989            - lvalue (need to dereference pointer)
4990            - already a register, but not in the right class */
4991         if (r >= VT_CONST ||
4992             (vtop->r & VT_LVAL) ||
4993             !(reg_classes[r] & rc) ||
4994             ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG &&
4995              !(reg_classes[vtop->r2] & rc))) {
4996             r = get_reg(rc);
4997             if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
4998                 /* two register type load : expand to two words
4999                    temporarily */
5000                 if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) == VT_CONST) {
5001                     /* load constant */
5002                     ll = vtop->c.ull;
5003                     vtop->c.ui = ll; /* first word */
5004                     load(r, vtop);
5005                     vtop->r = r; /* save register value */
5006                     vpushi(ll >> 32); /* second word */
5007                 } else if (r >= VT_CONST || /* XXX: test to VT_CONST incorrect ? */
5008                            (vtop->r & VT_LVAL)) {
5009                     /* We do not want to modifier the long long
5010                        pointer here, so the safest (and less
5011                        efficient) is to save all the other registers
5012                        in the stack. XXX: totally inefficient. */
5013                     save_regs(1);
5014                     /* load from memory */
5015                     load(r, vtop);
5016                     vdup();
5017                     vtop[-1].r = r; /* save register value */
5018                     /* increment pointer to get second word */
5019                     vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
5020                     gaddrof();
5021                     vpushi(4);
5022                     gen_op('+');
5023                     vtop->r |= VT_LVAL;
5024                 } else {
5025                     /* move registers */
5026                     load(r, vtop);
5027                     vdup();
5028                     vtop[-1].r = r; /* save register value */
5029                     vtop->r = vtop[-1].r2;
5030                 }
5031                 /* allocate second register */
5032                 rc2 = RC_INT;
5033                 if (rc == RC_IRET)
5034                     rc2 = RC_LRET;
5035                 r2 = get_reg(rc2);
5036                 load(r2, vtop);
5037                 vpop();
5038                 /* write second register */
5039                 vtop->r2 = r2;
5040             } else if ((vtop->r & VT_LVAL) && !is_float(vtop->type.t)) {
5041                 int t1, t;
5042                 /* lvalue of scalar type : need to use lvalue type
5043                    because of possible cast */
5044                 t = vtop->type.t;
5045                 t1 = t;
5046                 /* compute memory access type */
5047                 if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL_BYTE)
5048                     t = VT_BYTE;
5049                 else if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL_SHORT)
5050                     t = VT_SHORT;
5051                 if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL_UNSIGNED)
5052                     t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
5053                 vtop->type.t = t;
5054                 load(r, vtop);
5055                 /* restore wanted type */
5056                 vtop->type.t = t1;
5057             } else {
5058                 /* one register type load */
5059                 load(r, vtop);
5060             }
5061         }
5062         vtop->r = r;
5063 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_C67
5064         /* uses register pairs for doubles */
5065         if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_DOUBLE)
5066             vtop->r2 = r+1;
5067 #endif
5068     }
5069     return r;
5070 }
5071
5072 /* generate vtop[-1] and vtop[0] in resp. classes rc1 and rc2 */
5073 void gv2(int rc1, int rc2)
5074 {
5075     int v;
5076
5077     /* generate more generic register first. But VT_JMP or VT_CMP
5078        values must be generated first in all cases to avoid possible
5079        reload errors */
5080     v = vtop[0].r & VT_VALMASK;
5081     if (v != VT_CMP && (v & ~1) != VT_JMP && rc1 <= rc2) {
5082         vswap();
5083         gv(rc1);
5084         vswap();
5085         gv(rc2);
5086         /* test if reload is needed for first register */
5087         if ((vtop[-1].r & VT_VALMASK) >= VT_CONST) {
5088             vswap();
5089             gv(rc1);
5090             vswap();
5091         }
5092     } else {
5093         gv(rc2);
5094         vswap();
5095         gv(rc1);
5096         vswap();
5097         /* test if reload is needed for first register */
5098         if ((vtop[0].r & VT_VALMASK) >= VT_CONST) {
5099             gv(rc2);
5100         }
5101     }
5102 }
5103
5104 /* expand long long on stack in two int registers */
5105 void lexpand(void)
5106 {
5107     int u;
5108
5109     u = vtop->type.t & VT_UNSIGNED;
5110     gv(RC_INT);
5111     vdup();
5112     vtop[0].r = vtop[-1].r2;
5113     vtop[0].r2 = VT_CONST;
5114     vtop[-1].r2 = VT_CONST;
5115     vtop[0].type.t = VT_INT | u;
5116     vtop[-1].type.t = VT_INT | u;
5117 }
5118
5119 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM
5120 /* expand long long on stack */
5121 void lexpand_nr(void)
5122 {
5123     int u,v;
5124
5125     u = vtop->type.t & VT_UNSIGNED;
5126     vdup();
5127     vtop->r2 = VT_CONST;
5128     vtop->type.t = VT_INT | u;
5129     v=vtop[-1].r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL);
5130     if (v == VT_CONST) {
5131       vtop[-1].c.ui = vtop->c.ull;
5132       vtop->c.ui = vtop->c.ull >> 32;
5133       vtop->r = VT_CONST;
5134     } else if (v == (VT_LVAL|VT_CONST) || v == (VT_LVAL|VT_LOCAL)) {
5135       vtop->c.ui += 4;
5136       vtop->r = vtop[-1].r;
5137     } else if (v > VT_CONST) {
5138       vtop--;
5139       lexpand();
5140     } else
5141       vtop->r = vtop[-1].r2;
5142     vtop[-1].r2 = VT_CONST;
5143     vtop[-1].type.t = VT_INT | u;
5144 }
5145 #endif
5146
5147 /* build a long long from two ints */
5148 void lbuild(int t)
5149 {
5150     gv2(RC_INT, RC_INT);
5151     vtop[-1].r2 = vtop[0].r;
5152     vtop[-1].type.t = t;
5153     vpop();
5154 }
5155
5156 /* rotate n first stack elements to the bottom
5157    I1 ... In -> I2 ... In I1 [top is right]
5158 */
5159 void vrotb(int n)
5160 {
5161     int i;
5162     SValue tmp;
5163
5164     tmp = vtop[-n + 1];
5165     for(i=-n+1;i!=0;i++)
5166         vtop[i] = vtop[i+1];
5167     vtop[0] = tmp;
5168 }
5169
5170 /* rotate n first stack elements to the top
5171    I1 ... In -> In I1 ... I(n-1)  [top is right]
5172  */
5173 void vrott(int n)
5174 {
5175     int i;
5176     SValue tmp;
5177
5178     tmp = vtop[0];
5179     for(i = 0;i < n - 1; i++)
5180         vtop[-i] = vtop[-i - 1];
5181     vtop[-n + 1] = tmp;
5182 }
5183
5184 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM
5185 /* like vrott but in other direction
5186    In ... I1 -> I(n-1) ... I1 In  [top is right]
5187  */
5188 void vnrott(int n)
5189 {
5190     int i;
5191     SValue tmp;
5192
5193     tmp = vtop[-n + 1];
5194     for(i = n - 1; i > 0; i--)
5195         vtop[-i] = vtop[-i + 1];
5196     vtop[0] = tmp;
5197 }
5198 #endif
5199
5200 /* pop stack value */
5201 void vpop(void)
5202 {
5203     int v;
5204     v = vtop->r & VT_VALMASK;
5205 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
5206     /* for x86, we need to pop the FP stack */
5207     if (v == TREG_ST0 && !nocode_wanted) {
5208         o(0xd9dd); /* fstp %st(1) */
5209     } else
5210 #endif
5211     if (v == VT_JMP || v == VT_JMPI) {
5212         /* need to put correct jump if && or || without test */
5213         gsym(vtop->c.ul);
5214     }
5215     vtop--;
5216 }
5217
5218 /* convert stack entry to register and duplicate its value in another
5219    register */
5220 void gv_dup(void)
5221 {
5222     int rc, t, r, r1;
5223     SValue sv;
5224
5225     t = vtop->type.t;
5226     if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
5227         lexpand();
5228         gv_dup();
5229         vswap();
5230         vrotb(3);
5231         gv_dup();
5232         vrotb(4);
5233         /* stack: H L L1 H1 */
5234         lbuild(t);
5235         vrotb(3);
5236         vrotb(3);
5237         vswap();
5238         lbuild(t);
5239         vswap();
5240     } else {
5241         /* duplicate value */
5242         rc = RC_INT;
5243         sv.type.t = VT_INT;
5244         if (is_float(t)) {
5245             rc = RC_FLOAT;
5246             sv.type.t = t;
5247         }
5248         r = gv(rc);
5249         r1 = get_reg(rc);
5250         sv.r = r;
5251         sv.c.ul = 0;
5252         load(r1, &sv); /* move r to r1 */
5253         vdup();
5254         /* duplicates value */
5255         vtop->r = r1;
5256     }
5257 }
5258
5259 /* generate CPU independent (unsigned) long long operations */
5260 void gen_opl(int op)
5261 {
5262     int t, a, b, op1, c, i;
5263     int func;
5264     unsigned short reg_iret = REG_IRET;
5265     unsigned short reg_lret = REG_LRET;
5266     SValue tmp;
5267
5268     switch(op) {
5269     case '/':
5270     case TOK_PDIV:
5271         func = TOK___divdi3;
5272         goto gen_func;
5273     case TOK_UDIV:
5274         func = TOK___udivdi3;
5275         goto gen_func;
5276     case '%':
5277         func = TOK___moddi3;
5278         goto gen_mod_func;
5279     case TOK_UMOD:
5280         func = TOK___umoddi3;
5281     gen_mod_func:
5282 #ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
5283         reg_iret = TREG_R2;
5284         reg_lret = TREG_R3;
5285 #endif
5286     gen_func:
5287         /* call generic long long function */
5288         vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, func);
5289         vrott(3);
5290         gfunc_call(2);
5291         vpushi(0);
5292         vtop->r = reg_iret;
5293         vtop->r2 = reg_lret;
5294         break;
5295     case '^':
5296     case '&':
5297     case '|':
5298     case '*':
5299     case '+':
5300     case '-':
5301         t = vtop->type.t;
5302         vswap();
5303         lexpand();
5304         vrotb(3);
5305         lexpand();
5306         /* stack: L1 H1 L2 H2 */
5307         tmp = vtop[0];
5308         vtop[0] = vtop[-3];
5309         vtop[-3] = tmp;
5310         tmp = vtop[-2];
5311         vtop[-2] = vtop[-3];
5312         vtop[-3] = tmp;
5313         vswap();
5314         /* stack: H1 H2 L1 L2 */
5315         if (op == '*') {
5316             vpushv(vtop - 1);
5317             vpushv(vtop - 1);
5318             gen_op(TOK_UMULL);
5319             lexpand();
5320             /* stack: H1 H2 L1 L2 ML MH */
5321             for(i=0;i<4;i++)
5322                 vrotb(6);
5323             /* stack: ML MH H1 H2 L1 L2 */
5324             tmp = vtop[0];
5325             vtop[0] = vtop[-2];
5326             vtop[-2] = tmp;
5327             /* stack: ML MH H1 L2 H2 L1 */
5328             gen_op('*');
5329             vrotb(3);
5330             vrotb(3);
5331             gen_op('*');
5332             /* stack: ML MH M1 M2 */
5333             gen_op('+');
5334             gen_op('+');
5335         } else if (op == '+' || op == '-') {
5336             /* XXX: add non carry method too (for MIPS or alpha) */
5337             if (op == '+')
5338                 op1 = TOK_ADDC1;
5339             else
5340                 op1 = TOK_SUBC1;
5341             gen_op(op1);
5342             /* stack: H1 H2 (L1 op L2) */
5343             vrotb(3);
5344             vrotb(3);
5345             gen_op(op1 + 1); /* TOK_xxxC2 */
5346         } else {
5347             gen_op(op);
5348             /* stack: H1 H2 (L1 op L2) */
5349             vrotb(3);
5350             vrotb(3);
5351             /* stack: (L1 op L2) H1 H2 */
5352             gen_op(op);
5353             /* stack: (L1 op L2) (H1 op H2) */
5354         }
5355         /* stack: L H */
5356         lbuild(t);
5357         break;
5358     case TOK_SAR:
5359     case TOK_SHR:
5360     case TOK_SHL:
5361         if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST) {
5362             t = vtop[-1].type.t;
5363             vswap();
5364             lexpand();
5365             vrotb(3);
5366             /* stack: L H shift */
5367             c = (int)vtop->c.i;
5368             /* constant: simpler */
5369             /* NOTE: all comments are for SHL. the other cases are
5370                done by swaping words */
5371             vpop();
5372             if (op != TOK_SHL)
5373                 vswap();
5374             if (c >= 32) {
5375                 /* stack: L H */
5376                 vpop();
5377                 if (c > 32) {
5378                     vpushi(c - 32);
5379                     gen_op(op);
5380                 }
5381                 if (op != TOK_SAR) {
5382                     vpushi(0);
5383                 } else {
5384                     gv_dup();
5385                     vpushi(31);
5386                     gen_op(TOK_SAR);
5387                 }
5388                 vswap();
5389             } else {
5390                 vswap();
5391                 gv_dup();
5392                 /* stack: H L L */
5393                 vpushi(c);
5394                 gen_op(op);
5395                 vswap();
5396                 vpushi(32 - c);
5397                 if (op == TOK_SHL)
5398                     gen_op(TOK_SHR);
5399                 else
5400                     gen_op(TOK_SHL);
5401                 vrotb(3);
5402                 /* stack: L L H */
5403                 vpushi(c);
5404                 if (op == TOK_SHL)
5405                     gen_op(TOK_SHL);
5406                 else
5407                     gen_op(TOK_SHR);
5408                 gen_op('|');
5409             }
5410             if (op != TOK_SHL)
5411                 vswap();
5412             lbuild(t);
5413         } else {
5414             /* XXX: should provide a faster fallback on x86 ? */
5415             switch(op) {
5416             case TOK_SAR:
5417                 func = TOK___ashrdi3;
5418                 goto gen_func;
5419             case TOK_SHR:
5420                 func = TOK___lshrdi3;
5421                 goto gen_func;
5422             case TOK_SHL:
5423                 func = TOK___ashldi3;
5424                 goto gen_func;
5425             }
5426         }
5427         break;
5428     default:
5429         /* compare operations */
5430         t = vtop->type.t;
5431         vswap();
5432         lexpand();
5433         vrotb(3);
5434         lexpand();
5435         /* stack: L1 H1 L2 H2 */
5436         tmp = vtop[-1];
5437         vtop[-1] = vtop[-2];
5438         vtop[-2] = tmp;
5439         /* stack: L1 L2 H1 H2 */
5440         /* compare high */
5441         op1 = op;
5442         /* when values are equal, we need to compare low words. since
5443            the jump is inverted, we invert the test too. */
5444         if (op1 == TOK_LT)
5445             op1 = TOK_LE;
5446         else if (op1 == TOK_GT)
5447             op1 = TOK_GE;
5448         else if (op1 == TOK_ULT)
5449             op1 = TOK_ULE;
5450         else if (op1 == TOK_UGT)
5451             op1 = TOK_UGE;
5452         a = 0;
5453         b = 0;
5454         gen_op(op1);
5455         if (op1 != TOK_NE) {
5456             a = gtst(1, 0);
5457         }
5458         if (op != TOK_EQ) {
5459             /* generate non equal test */
5460             /* XXX: NOT PORTABLE yet */
5461             if (a == 0) {
5462                 b = gtst(0, 0);
5463             } else {
5464 #if defined(TCC_TARGET_I386)
5465                 b = psym(0x850f, 0);
5466 #elif defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM)
5467                 b = ind;
5468                 o(0x1A000000 | encbranch(ind, 0, 1));
5469 #elif defined(TCC_TARGET_C67)
5470                 error("not implemented");
5471 #else
5472 #error not supported
5473 #endif
5474             }
5475         }
5476         /* compare low. Always unsigned */
5477         op1 = op;
5478         if (op1 == TOK_LT)
5479             op1 = TOK_ULT;
5480         else if (op1 == TOK_LE)
5481             op1 = TOK_ULE;
5482         else if (op1 == TOK_GT)
5483             op1 = TOK_UGT;
5484         else if (op1 == TOK_GE)
5485             op1 = TOK_UGE;
5486         gen_op(op1);
5487         a = gtst(1, a);
5488         gsym(b);
5489         vseti(VT_JMPI, a);
5490         break;
5491     }
5492 }
5493
5494 /* handle integer constant optimizations and various machine
5495    independent opt */
5496 void gen_opic(int op)
5497 {
5498     int c1, c2, t1, t2, n;
5499     SValue *v1, *v2;
5500     long long l1, l2;
5501     typedef unsigned long long U;
5502
5503     v1 = vtop - 1;
5504     v2 = vtop;
5505     t1 = v1->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
5506     t2 = v2->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
5507     l1 = (t1 == VT_LLONG) ? v1->c.ll : v1->c.i;
5508     l2 = (t2 == VT_LLONG) ? v2->c.ll : v2->c.i;
5509
5510     /* currently, we cannot do computations with forward symbols */
5511     c1 = (v1->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
5512     c2 = (v2->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
5513     if (c1 && c2) {
5514         switch(op) {
5515         case '+': l1 += l2; break;
5516         case '-': l1 -= l2; break;
5517         case '&': l1 &= l2; break;
5518         case '^': l1 ^= l2; break;
5519         case '|': l1 |= l2; break;
5520         case '*': l1 *= l2; break;
5521
5522         case TOK_PDIV:
5523         case '/':
5524         case '%':
5525         case TOK_UDIV:
5526         case TOK_UMOD:
5527             /* if division by zero, generate explicit division */
5528             if (l2 == 0) {
5529                 if (const_wanted)
5530                     error("division by zero in constant");
5531                 goto general_case;
5532             }
5533             switch(op) {
5534             default: l1 /= l2; break;
5535             case '%': l1 %= l2; break;
5536             case TOK_UDIV: l1 = (U)l1 / l2; break;
5537             case TOK_UMOD: l1 = (U)l1 % l2; break;
5538             }
5539             break;
5540         case TOK_SHL: l1 <<= l2; break;
5541         case TOK_SHR: l1 = (U)l1 >> l2; break;
5542         case TOK_SAR: l1 >>= l2; break;
5543             /* tests */
5544         case TOK_ULT: l1 = (U)l1 < (U)l2; break;
5545         case TOK_UGE: l1 = (U)l1 >= (U)l2; break;
5546         case TOK_EQ: l1 = l1 == l2; break;
5547         case TOK_NE: l1 = l1 != l2; break;
5548         case TOK_ULE: l1 = (U)l1 <= (U)l2; break;
5549         case TOK_UGT: l1 = (U)l1 > (U)l2; break;
5550         case TOK_LT: l1 = l1 < l2; break;
5551         case TOK_GE: l1 = l1 >= l2; break;
5552         case TOK_LE: l1 = l1 <= l2; break;
5553         case TOK_GT: l1 = l1 > l2; break;
5554             /* logical */
5555         case TOK_LAND: l1 = l1 && l2; break;
5556         case TOK_LOR: l1 = l1 || l2; break;
5557         default:
5558             goto general_case;
5559         }
5560         v1->c.ll = l1;
5561         vtop--;
5562     } else {
5563         /* if commutative ops, put c2 as constant */
5564         if (c1 && (op == '+' || op == '&' || op == '^' ||
5565                    op == '|' || op == '*')) {
5566             vswap();
5567             c2 = c1; //c = c1, c1 = c2, c2 = c;
5568             l2 = l1; //l = l1, l1 = l2, l2 = l;
5569         }
5570         /* Filter out NOP operations like x*1, x-0, x&-1... */
5571         if (c2 && (((op == '*' || op == '/' || op == TOK_UDIV ||
5572                      op == TOK_PDIV) &&
5573                     l2 == 1) ||
5574                    ((op == '+' || op == '-' || op == '|' || op == '^' ||
5575                      op == TOK_SHL || op == TOK_SHR || op == TOK_SAR) &&
5576                     l2 == 0) ||
5577                    (op == '&' &&
5578                     l2 == -1))) {
5579             /* nothing to do */
5580             vtop--;
5581         } else if (c2 && (op == '*' || op == TOK_PDIV || op == TOK_UDIV)) {
5582             /* try to use shifts instead of muls or divs */
5583             if (l2 > 0 && (l2 & (l2 - 1)) == 0) {
5584                 n = -1;
5585                 while (l2) {
5586                     l2 >>= 1;
5587                     n++;
5588                 }
5589                 vtop->c.ll = n;
5590                 if (op == '*')
5591                     op = TOK_SHL;
5592                 else if (op == TOK_PDIV)
5593                     op = TOK_SAR;
5594                 else
5595                     op = TOK_SHR;
5596             }
5597             goto general_case;
5598         } else if (c2 && (op == '+' || op == '-') &&
5599                    (vtop[-1].r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) ==
5600                    (VT_CONST | VT_SYM)) {
5601             /* symbol + constant case */
5602             if (op == '-')
5603                 l2 = -l2;
5604             vtop--;
5605             vtop->c.ll += l2;
5606         } else {
5607         general_case:
5608             if (!nocode_wanted) {
5609                 /* call low level op generator */
5610                 if (t1 == VT_LLONG || t2 == VT_LLONG)
5611                     gen_opl(op);
5612                 else
5613                     gen_opi(op);
5614             } else {
5615                 vtop--;
5616             }
5617         }
5618     }
5619 }
5620
5621 /* generate a floating point operation with constant propagation */
5622 void gen_opif(int op)
5623 {
5624     int c1, c2;
5625     SValue *v1, *v2;
5626     long double f1, f2;
5627
5628     v1 = vtop - 1;
5629     v2 = vtop;
5630     /* currently, we cannot do computations with forward symbols */
5631     c1 = (v1->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
5632     c2 = (v2->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
5633     if (c1 && c2) {
5634         if (v1->type.t == VT_FLOAT) {
5635             f1 = v1->c.f;
5636             f2 = v2->c.f;
5637         } else if (v1->type.t == VT_DOUBLE) {
5638             f1 = v1->c.d;
5639             f2 = v2->c.d;
5640         } else {
5641             f1 = v1->c.ld;
5642             f2 = v2->c.ld;
5643         }
5644
5645         /* NOTE: we only do constant propagation if finite number (not
5646            NaN or infinity) (ANSI spec) */
5647         if (!ieee_finite(f1) || !ieee_finite(f2))
5648             goto general_case;
5649
5650         switch(op) {
5651         case '+': f1 += f2; break;
5652         case '-': f1 -= f2; break;
5653         case '*': f1 *= f2; break;
5654         case '/':
5655             if (f2 == 0.0) {
5656                 if (const_wanted)
5657                     error("division by zero in constant");
5658                 goto general_case;
5659             }
5660             f1 /= f2;
5661             break;
5662             /* XXX: also handles tests ? */
5663         default:
5664             goto general_case;
5665         }
5666         /* XXX: overflow test ? */
5667         if (v1->type.t == VT_FLOAT) {
5668             v1->c.f = f1;
5669         } else if (v1->type.t == VT_DOUBLE) {
5670             v1->c.d = f1;
5671         } else {
5672             v1->c.ld = f1;
5673         }
5674         vtop--;
5675     } else {
5676     general_case:
5677         if (!nocode_wanted) {
5678             gen_opf(op);
5679         } else {
5680             vtop--;
5681         }
5682     }
5683 }
5684
5685 static int pointed_size(CType *type)
5686 {
5687     int align;
5688     return type_size(pointed_type(type), &align);
5689 }
5690
5691 static inline int is_null_pointer(SValue *p)
5692 {
5693     if ((p->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) != VT_CONST)
5694         return 0;
5695     return ((p->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_INT && p->c.i == 0) ||
5696         ((p->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG && p->c.ll == 0);
5697 }
5698
5699 static inline int is_integer_btype(int bt)
5700 {
5701     return (bt == VT_BYTE || bt == VT_SHORT ||
5702             bt == VT_INT || bt == VT_LLONG);
5703 }
5704
5705 /* check types for comparison or substraction of pointers */
5706 static void check_comparison_pointer_types(SValue *p1, SValue *p2, int op)
5707 {
5708     CType *type1, *type2, tmp_type1, tmp_type2;
5709     int bt1, bt2;
5710
5711     /* null pointers are accepted for all comparisons as gcc */
5712     if (is_null_pointer(p1) || is_null_pointer(p2))
5713         return;
5714     type1 = &p1->type;
5715     type2 = &p2->type;
5716     bt1 = type1->t & VT_BTYPE;
5717     bt2 = type2->t & VT_BTYPE;
5718     /* accept comparison between pointer and integer with a warning */
5719     if ((is_integer_btype(bt1) || is_integer_btype(bt2)) && op != '-') {
5720         if (op != TOK_LOR && op != TOK_LAND )
5721             warning("comparison between pointer and integer");
5722         return;
5723     }
5724
5725     /* both must be pointers or implicit function pointers */
5726     if (bt1 == VT_PTR) {
5727         type1 = pointed_type(type1);
5728     } else if (bt1 != VT_FUNC)
5729         goto invalid_operands;
5730
5731     if (bt2 == VT_PTR) {
5732         type2 = pointed_type(type2);
5733     } else if (bt2 != VT_FUNC) {
5734     invalid_operands:
5735         error("invalid operands to binary %s", get_tok_str(op, NULL));
5736     }
5737     if ((type1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID ||
5738         (type2->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID)
5739         return;
5740     tmp_type1 = *type1;
5741     tmp_type2 = *type2;
5742     tmp_type1.t &= ~(VT_UNSIGNED | VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
5743     tmp_type2.t &= ~(VT_UNSIGNED | VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
5744     if (!is_compatible_types(&tmp_type1, &tmp_type2)) {
5745         /* gcc-like error if '-' is used */
5746         if (op == '-')
5747             goto invalid_operands;
5748         else
5749             warning("comparison of distinct pointer types lacks a cast");
5750     }
5751 }
5752
5753 /* generic gen_op: handles types problems */
5754 void gen_op(int op)
5755 {
5756     int u, t1, t2, bt1, bt2, t;
5757     CType type1;
5758
5759     t1 = vtop[-1].type.t;
5760     t2 = vtop[0].type.t;
5761     bt1 = t1 & VT_BTYPE;
5762     bt2 = t2 & VT_BTYPE;
5763
5764     if (bt1 == VT_PTR || bt2 == VT_PTR) {
5765         /* at least one operand is a pointer */
5766         /* relationnal op: must be both pointers */
5767         if (op >= TOK_ULT && op <= TOK_LOR) {
5768             check_comparison_pointer_types(vtop - 1, vtop, op);
5769             /* pointers are handled are unsigned */
5770             t = VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED;
5771             goto std_op;
5772         }
5773         /* if both pointers, then it must be the '-' op */
5774         if (bt1 == VT_PTR && bt2 == VT_PTR) {
5775             if (op != '-')
5776                 error("cannot use pointers here");
5777             check_comparison_pointer_types(vtop - 1, vtop, op);
5778             /* XXX: check that types are compatible */
5779             u = pointed_size(&vtop[-1].type);
5780             gen_opic(op);
5781             /* set to integer type */
5782             vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
5783             vpushi(u);
5784             gen_op(TOK_PDIV);
5785         } else {
5786             /* exactly one pointer : must be '+' or '-'. */
5787             if (op != '-' && op != '+')
5788                 error("cannot use pointers here");
5789             /* Put pointer as first operand */
5790             if (bt2 == VT_PTR) {
5791                 vswap();
5792                 swap(&t1, &t2);
5793             }
5794             type1 = vtop[-1].type;
5795             /* XXX: cast to int ? (long long case) */
5796             vpushi(pointed_size(&vtop[-1].type));
5797             gen_op('*');
5798 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
5799             /* if evaluating constant expression, no code should be
5800                generated, so no bound check */
5801             if (do_bounds_check && !const_wanted) {
5802                 /* if bounded pointers, we generate a special code to
5803                    test bounds */
5804                 if (op == '-') {
5805                     vpushi(0);
5806                     vswap();
5807                     gen_op('-');
5808                 }
5809                 gen_bounded_ptr_add();
5810             } else
5811 #endif
5812             {
5813                 gen_opic(op);
5814             }
5815             /* put again type if gen_opic() swaped operands */
5816             vtop->type = type1;
5817         }
5818     } else if (is_float(bt1) || is_float(bt2)) {
5819         /* compute bigger type and do implicit casts */
5820         if (bt1 == VT_LDOUBLE || bt2 == VT_LDOUBLE) {
5821             t = VT_LDOUBLE;
5822         } else if (bt1 == VT_DOUBLE || bt2 == VT_DOUBLE) {
5823             t = VT_DOUBLE;
5824         } else {
5825             t = VT_FLOAT;
5826         }
5827         /* floats can only be used for a few operations */
5828         if (op != '+' && op != '-' && op != '*' && op != '/' &&
5829             (op < TOK_ULT || op > TOK_GT))
5830             error("invalid operands for binary operation");
5831         goto std_op;
5832     } else if (bt1 == VT_LLONG || bt2 == VT_LLONG) {
5833         /* cast to biggest op */
5834         t = VT_LLONG;
5835         /* convert to unsigned if it does not fit in a long long */
5836         if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED) ||
5837             (t2 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED))
5838             t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
5839         goto std_op;
5840     } else {
5841         /* integer operations */
5842         t = VT_INT;
5843         /* convert to unsigned if it does not fit in an integer */
5844         if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED) ||
5845             (t2 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED))
5846             t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
5847     std_op:
5848         /* XXX: currently, some unsigned operations are explicit, so
5849            we modify them here */
5850         if (t & VT_UNSIGNED) {
5851             if (op == TOK_SAR)
5852                 op = TOK_SHR;
5853             else if (op == '/')
5854                 op = TOK_UDIV;
5855             else if (op == '%')
5856                 op = TOK_UMOD;
5857             else if (op == TOK_LT)
5858                 op = TOK_ULT;
5859             else if (op == TOK_GT)
5860                 op = TOK_UGT;
5861             else if (op == TOK_LE)
5862                 op = TOK_ULE;
5863             else if (op == TOK_GE)
5864                 op = TOK_UGE;
5865         }
5866         vswap();
5867         type1.t = t;
5868         gen_cast(&type1);
5869         vswap();
5870         /* special case for shifts and long long: we keep the shift as
5871            an integer */
5872         if (op == TOK_SHR || op == TOK_SAR || op == TOK_SHL)
5873             type1.t = VT_INT;
5874         gen_cast(&type1);
5875         if (is_float(t))
5876             gen_opif(op);
5877         else
5878             gen_opic(op);
5879         if (op >= TOK_ULT && op <= TOK_GT) {
5880             /* relationnal op: the result is an int */
5881             vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
5882         } else {
5883             vtop->type.t = t;
5884         }
5885     }
5886 }
5887
5888 #ifndef TCC_TARGET_ARM
5889 /* generic itof for unsigned long long case */
5890 void gen_cvt_itof1(int t)
5891 {
5892     if ((vtop->type.t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) ==
5893         (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED)) {
5894
5895         if (t == VT_FLOAT)
5896             vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___floatundisf);
5897 #if LDOUBLE_SIZE != 8
5898         else if (t == VT_LDOUBLE)
5899             vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___floatundixf);
5900 #endif
5901         else
5902             vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___floatundidf);
5903         vrott(2);
5904         gfunc_call(1);
5905         vpushi(0);
5906         vtop->r = REG_FRET;
5907     } else {
5908         gen_cvt_itof(t);
5909     }
5910 }
5911 #endif
5912
5913 /* generic ftoi for unsigned long long case */
5914 void gen_cvt_ftoi1(int t)
5915 {
5916     int st;
5917
5918     if (t == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED)) {
5919         /* not handled natively */
5920         st = vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
5921         if (st == VT_FLOAT)
5922             vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___fixunssfdi);
5923 #if LDOUBLE_SIZE != 8
5924         else if (st == VT_LDOUBLE)
5925             vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___fixunsxfdi);
5926 #endif
5927         else
5928             vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___fixunsdfdi);
5929         vrott(2);
5930         gfunc_call(1);
5931         vpushi(0);
5932         vtop->r = REG_IRET;
5933         vtop->r2 = REG_LRET;
5934     } else {
5935         gen_cvt_ftoi(t);
5936     }
5937 }
5938
5939 /* force char or short cast */
5940 void force_charshort_cast(int t)
5941 {
5942     int bits, dbt;
5943     dbt = t & VT_BTYPE;
5944     /* XXX: add optimization if lvalue : just change type and offset */
5945     if (dbt == VT_BYTE)
5946         bits = 8;
5947     else
5948         bits = 16;
5949     if (t & VT_UNSIGNED) {
5950         vpushi((1 << bits) - 1);
5951         gen_op('&');
5952     } else {
5953         bits = 32 - bits;
5954         vpushi(bits);
5955         gen_op(TOK_SHL);
5956         /* result must be signed or the SAR is converted to an SHL
5957            This was not the case when "t" was a signed short
5958            and the last value on the stack was an unsigned int */
5959         vtop->type.t &= ~VT_UNSIGNED;
5960         vpushi(bits);
5961         gen_op(TOK_SAR);
5962     }
5963 }
5964
5965 /* cast 'vtop' to 'type'. Casting to bitfields is forbidden. */
5966 static void gen_cast(CType *type)
5967 {
5968     int sbt, dbt, sf, df, c;
5969
5970     /* special delayed cast for char/short */
5971     /* XXX: in some cases (multiple cascaded casts), it may still
5972        be incorrect */
5973     if (vtop->r & VT_MUSTCAST) {
5974         vtop->r &= ~VT_MUSTCAST;
5975         force_charshort_cast(vtop->type.t);
5976     }
5977
5978     /* bitfields first get cast to ints */
5979     if (vtop->type.t & VT_BITFIELD) {
5980         gv(RC_INT);
5981     }
5982
5983     dbt = type->t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED);
5984     sbt = vtop->type.t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED);
5985
5986     if (sbt != dbt && !nocode_wanted) {
5987         sf = is_float(sbt);
5988         df = is_float(dbt);
5989         c = (vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
5990         if (sf && df) {
5991             /* convert from fp to fp */
5992             if (c) {
5993                 /* constant case: we can do it now */
5994                 /* XXX: in ISOC, cannot do it if error in convert */
5995                 if (dbt == VT_FLOAT && sbt == VT_DOUBLE)
5996                     vtop->c.f = (float)vtop->c.d;
5997                 else if (dbt == VT_FLOAT && sbt == VT_LDOUBLE)
5998                     vtop->c.f = (float)vtop->c.ld;
5999                 else if (dbt == VT_DOUBLE && sbt == VT_FLOAT)
6000                     vtop->c.d = (double)vtop->c.f;
6001                 else if (dbt == VT_DOUBLE && sbt == VT_LDOUBLE)
6002                     vtop->c.d = (double)vtop->c.ld;
6003                 else if (dbt == VT_LDOUBLE && sbt == VT_FLOAT)
6004                     vtop->c.ld = (long double)vtop->c.f;
6005                 else if (dbt == VT_LDOUBLE && sbt == VT_DOUBLE)
6006                     vtop->c.ld = (long double)vtop->c.d;
6007             } else {
6008                 /* non constant case: generate code */
6009                 gen_cvt_ftof(dbt);
6010             }
6011         } else if (df) {
6012             /* convert int to fp */
6013             if (c) {
6014                 switch(sbt) {
6015                 case VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED:
6016                 case VT_LLONG:
6017                     /* XXX: add const cases for long long */
6018                     goto do_itof;
6019                 case VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED:
6020                     switch(dbt) {
6021                     case VT_FLOAT: vtop->c.f = (float)vtop->c.ui; break;
6022                     case VT_DOUBLE: vtop->c.d = (double)vtop->c.ui; break;
6023                     case VT_LDOUBLE: vtop->c.ld = (long double)vtop->c.ui; break;
6024                     }
6025                     break;
6026                 default:
6027                     switch(dbt) {
6028                     case VT_FLOAT: vtop->c.f = (float)vtop->c.i; break;
6029                     case VT_DOUBLE: vtop->c.d = (double)vtop->c.i; break;
6030                     case VT_LDOUBLE: vtop->c.ld = (long double)vtop->c.i; break;
6031                     }
6032                     break;
6033                 }
6034             } else {
6035             do_itof:
6036                 gen_cvt_itof1(dbt);
6037             }
6038         } else if (sf) {
6039             /* convert fp to int */
6040             if (dbt == VT_BOOL) {
6041                  vpushi(0);
6042                  gen_op(TOK_NE);
6043             } else {
6044                 /* we handle char/short/etc... with generic code */
6045                 if (dbt != (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED) &&
6046                     dbt != (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED) &&
6047                     dbt != VT_LLONG)
6048                     dbt = VT_INT;
6049                 if (c) {
6050                     switch(dbt) {
6051                     case VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED:
6052                     case VT_LLONG:
6053                         /* XXX: add const cases for long long */
6054                         goto do_ftoi;
6055                     case VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED:
6056                         switch(sbt) {
6057                         case VT_FLOAT: vtop->c.ui = (unsigned int)vtop->c.d; break;
6058                         case VT_DOUBLE: vtop->c.ui = (unsigned int)vtop->c.d; break;
6059                         case VT_LDOUBLE: vtop->c.ui = (unsigned int)vtop->c.d; break;
6060                         }
6061                         break;
6062                     default:
6063                         /* int case */
6064                         switch(sbt) {
6065                         case VT_FLOAT: vtop->c.i = (int)vtop->c.d; break;
6066                         case VT_DOUBLE: vtop->c.i = (int)vtop->c.d; break;
6067                         case VT_LDOUBLE: vtop->c.i = (int)vtop->c.d; break;
6068                         }
6069                         break;
6070                     }
6071                 } else {
6072                 do_ftoi:
6073                     gen_cvt_ftoi1(dbt);
6074                 }
6075                 if (dbt == VT_INT && (type->t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) != dbt) {
6076                     /* additional cast for char/short... */
6077                     vtop->type.t = dbt;
6078                     gen_cast(type);
6079                 }
6080             }
6081         } else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
6082             if ((sbt & VT_BTYPE) != VT_LLONG) {
6083                 /* scalar to long long */
6084                 if (c) {
6085                     if (sbt == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED))
6086                         vtop->c.ll = vtop->c.ui;
6087                     else
6088                         vtop->c.ll = vtop->c.i;
6089                 } else {
6090                     /* machine independent conversion */
6091                     gv(RC_INT);
6092                     /* generate high word */
6093                     if (sbt == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED)) {
6094                         vpushi(0);
6095                         gv(RC_INT);
6096                     } else {
6097                         gv_dup();
6098                         vpushi(31);
6099                         gen_op(TOK_SAR);
6100                     }
6101                     /* patch second register */
6102                     vtop[-1].r2 = vtop->r;
6103                     vpop();
6104                 }
6105             }
6106         } else if (dbt == VT_BOOL) {
6107             /* scalar to bool */
6108             vpushi(0);
6109             gen_op(TOK_NE);
6110         } else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_BYTE ||
6111                    (dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_SHORT) {
6112             if (sbt == VT_PTR) {
6113                 vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
6114                 warning("nonportable conversion from pointer to char/short");
6115             }
6116             force_charshort_cast(dbt);
6117         } else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_INT) {
6118             /* scalar to int */
6119             if (sbt == VT_LLONG) {
6120                 /* from long long: just take low order word */
6121                 lexpand();
6122                 vpop();
6123             }
6124             /* if lvalue and single word type, nothing to do because
6125                the lvalue already contains the real type size (see
6126                VT_LVAL_xxx constants) */
6127         }
6128     } else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_PTR && !(vtop->r & VT_LVAL)) {
6129         /* if we are casting between pointer types,
6130            we must update the VT_LVAL_xxx size */
6131         vtop->r = (vtop->r & ~VT_LVAL_TYPE)
6132                   | (lvalue_type(type->ref->type.t) & VT_LVAL_TYPE);
6133     }
6134     vtop->type = *type;
6135 }
6136
6137 /* return type size. Put alignment at 'a' */
6138 static int type_size(CType *type, int *a)
6139 {
6140     Sym *s;
6141     int bt;
6142
6143     bt = type->t & VT_BTYPE;
6144     if (bt == VT_STRUCT) {
6145         /* struct/union */
6146         s = type->ref;
6147         *a = s->r;
6148         return s->c;
6149     } else if (bt == VT_PTR) {
6150         if (type->t & VT_ARRAY) {
6151             s = type->ref;
6152             return type_size(&s->type, a) * s->c;
6153         } else {
6154             *a = PTR_SIZE;
6155             return PTR_SIZE;
6156         }
6157     } else if (bt == VT_LDOUBLE) {
6158         *a = LDOUBLE_ALIGN;
6159         return LDOUBLE_SIZE;
6160     } else if (bt == VT_DOUBLE || bt == VT_LLONG) {
6161 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
6162         *a = 4;
6163 #elif defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM)
6164 #ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
6165         *a = 8;
6166 #else
6167         *a = 4;
6168 #endif
6169 #else
6170         *a = 8;
6171 #endif
6172         return 8;
6173     } else if (bt == VT_INT || bt == VT_ENUM || bt == VT_FLOAT) {
6174         *a = 4;
6175         return 4;
6176     } else if (bt == VT_SHORT) {
6177         *a = 2;
6178         return 2;
6179     } else {
6180         /* char, void, function, _Bool */
6181         *a = 1;
6182         return 1;
6183     }
6184 }
6185
6186 /* return the pointed type of t */
6187 static inline CType *pointed_type(CType *type)
6188 {
6189     return &type->ref->type;
6190 }
6191
6192 /* modify type so that its it is a pointer to type. */
6193 static void mk_pointer(CType *type)
6194 {
6195     Sym *s;
6196     s = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, type, 0, -1);
6197     type->t = VT_PTR | (type->t & ~VT_TYPE);
6198     type->ref = s;
6199 }
6200
6201 /* compare function types. OLD functions match any new functions */
6202 static int is_compatible_func(CType *type1, CType *type2)
6203 {
6204     Sym *s1, *s2;
6205
6206     s1 = type1->ref;
6207     s2 = type2->ref;
6208     if (!is_compatible_types(&s1->type, &s2->type))
6209         return 0;
6210     /* check func_call */
6211     if (FUNC_CALL(s1->r) != FUNC_CALL(s2->r))
6212         return 0;
6213     /* XXX: not complete */
6214     if (s1->c == FUNC_OLD || s2->c == FUNC_OLD)
6215         return 1;
6216     if (s1->c != s2->c)
6217         return 0;
6218     while (s1 != NULL) {
6219         if (s2 == NULL)
6220             return 0;
6221         if (!is_compatible_parameter_types(&s1->type, &s2->type))
6222             return 0;
6223         s1 = s1->next;
6224         s2 = s2->next;
6225     }
6226     if (s2)
6227         return 0;
6228     return 1;
6229 }
6230
6231 /* return true if type1 and type2 are the same.  If unqualified is
6232    true, qualifiers on the types are ignored.
6233
6234    - enums are not checked as gcc __builtin_types_compatible_p ()
6235  */
6236 static int compare_types(CType *type1, CType *type2, int unqualified)
6237 {
6238     int bt1, t1, t2;
6239
6240     t1 = type1->t & VT_TYPE;
6241     t2 = type2->t & VT_TYPE;
6242     if (unqualified) {
6243         /* strip qualifiers before comparing */
6244         t1 &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
6245         t2 &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
6246     }
6247     /* XXX: bitfields ? */
6248     if (t1 != t2)
6249         return 0;
6250     /* test more complicated cases */
6251     bt1 = t1 & VT_BTYPE;
6252     if (bt1 == VT_PTR) {
6253         type1 = pointed_type(type1);
6254         type2 = pointed_type(type2);
6255         return is_compatible_types(type1, type2);
6256     } else if (bt1 == VT_STRUCT) {
6257         return (type1->ref == type2->ref);
6258     } else if (bt1 == VT_FUNC) {
6259         return is_compatible_func(type1, type2);
6260     } else {
6261         return 1;
6262     }
6263 }
6264
6265 /* return true if type1 and type2 are exactly the same (including
6266    qualifiers).
6267 */
6268 static int is_compatible_types(CType *type1, CType *type2)
6269 {
6270     return compare_types(type1,type2,0);
6271 }
6272
6273 /* return true if type1 and type2 are the same (ignoring qualifiers).
6274 */
6275 static int is_compatible_parameter_types(CType *type1, CType *type2)
6276 {
6277     return compare_types(type1,type2,1);
6278 }
6279
6280 /* print a type. If 'varstr' is not NULL, then the variable is also
6281    printed in the type */
6282 /* XXX: union */
6283 /* XXX: add array and function pointers */
6284 void type_to_str(char *buf, int buf_size,
6285                  CType *type, const char *varstr)
6286 {
6287     int bt, v, t;
6288     Sym *s, *sa;
6289     char buf1[256];
6290     const char *tstr;
6291
6292     t = type->t & VT_TYPE;
6293     bt = t & VT_BTYPE;
6294     buf[0] = '\0';
6295     if (t & VT_CONSTANT)
6296         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "const ");
6297     if (t & VT_VOLATILE)
6298         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "volatile ");
6299     if (t & VT_UNSIGNED)
6300         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "unsigned ");
6301     switch(bt) {
6302     case VT_VOID:
6303         tstr = "void";
6304         goto add_tstr;
6305     case VT_BOOL:
6306         tstr = "_Bool";
6307         goto add_tstr;
6308     case VT_BYTE:
6309         tstr = "char";
6310         goto add_tstr;
6311     case VT_SHORT:
6312         tstr = "short";
6313         goto add_tstr;
6314     case VT_INT:
6315         tstr = "int";
6316         goto add_tstr;
6317     case VT_LONG:
6318         tstr = "long";
6319         goto add_tstr;
6320     case VT_LLONG:
6321         tstr = "long long";
6322         goto add_tstr;
6323     case VT_FLOAT:
6324         tstr = "float";
6325         goto add_tstr;
6326     case VT_DOUBLE:
6327         tstr = "double";
6328         goto add_tstr;
6329     case VT_LDOUBLE:
6330         tstr = "long double";
6331     add_tstr:
6332         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, tstr);
6333         break;
6334     case VT_ENUM:
6335     case VT_STRUCT:
6336         if (bt == VT_STRUCT)
6337             tstr = "struct ";
6338         else
6339             tstr = "enum ";
6340         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, tstr);
6341         v = type->ref->v & ~SYM_STRUCT;
6342         if (v >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM)
6343             pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "<anonymous>");
6344         else
6345             pstrcat(buf, buf_size, get_tok_str(v, NULL));
6346         break;
6347     case VT_FUNC:
6348         s = type->ref;
6349         type_to_str(buf, buf_size, &s->type, varstr);
6350         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "(");
6351         sa = s->next;
6352         while (sa != NULL) {
6353             type_to_str(buf1, sizeof(buf1), &sa->type, NULL);
6354             pstrcat(buf, buf_size, buf1);
6355             sa = sa->next;
6356             if (sa)
6357                 pstrcat(buf, buf_size, ", ");
6358         }
6359         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, ")");
6360         goto no_var;
6361     case VT_PTR:
6362         s = type->ref;
6363         pstrcpy(buf1, sizeof(buf1), "*");
6364         if (varstr)
6365             pstrcat(buf1, sizeof(buf1), varstr);
6366         type_to_str(buf, buf_size, &s->type, buf1);
6367         goto no_var;
6368     }
6369     if (varstr) {
6370         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, " ");
6371         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, varstr);
6372     }
6373  no_var: ;
6374 }
6375
6376 /* verify type compatibility to store vtop in 'dt' type, and generate
6377    casts if needed. */
6378 static void gen_assign_cast(CType *dt)
6379 {
6380     CType *st, *type1, *type2, tmp_type1, tmp_type2;
6381     char buf1[256], buf2[256];
6382     int dbt, sbt;
6383
6384     st = &vtop->type; /* source type */
6385     dbt = dt->t & VT_BTYPE;
6386     sbt = st->t & VT_BTYPE;
6387     if (dt->t & VT_CONSTANT)
6388         warning("assignment of read-only location");
6389     switch(dbt) {
6390     case VT_PTR:
6391         /* special cases for pointers */
6392         /* '0' can also be a pointer */
6393         if (is_null_pointer(vtop))
6394             goto type_ok;
6395         /* accept implicit pointer to integer cast with warning */
6396         if (is_integer_btype(sbt)) {
6397             warning("assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast");
6398             goto type_ok;
6399         }
6400         type1 = pointed_type(dt);
6401         /* a function is implicitely a function pointer */
6402         if (sbt == VT_FUNC) {
6403             if ((type1->t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_VOID &&
6404                 !is_compatible_types(pointed_type(dt), st))
6405                 goto error;
6406             else
6407                 goto type_ok;
6408         }
6409         if (sbt != VT_PTR)
6410             goto error;
6411         type2 = pointed_type(st);
6412         if ((type1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID ||
6413             (type2->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID) {
6414             /* void * can match anything */
6415         } else {
6416             /* exact type match, except for unsigned */
6417             tmp_type1 = *type1;
6418             tmp_type2 = *type2;
6419             tmp_type1.t &= ~(VT_UNSIGNED | VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
6420             tmp_type2.t &= ~(VT_UNSIGNED | VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
6421             if (!is_compatible_types(&tmp_type1, &tmp_type2))
6422                 warning("assignment from incompatible pointer type");
6423         }
6424         /* check const and volatile */
6425         if ((!(type1->t & VT_CONSTANT) && (type2->t & VT_CONSTANT)) ||
6426             (!(type1->t & VT_VOLATILE) && (type2->t & VT_VOLATILE)))
6427             warning("assignment discards qualifiers from pointer target type");
6428         break;
6429     case VT_BYTE:
6430     case VT_SHORT:
6431     case VT_INT:
6432     case VT_LLONG:
6433         if (sbt == VT_PTR || sbt == VT_FUNC) {
6434             warning("assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast");
6435         }
6436         /* XXX: more tests */
6437         break;
6438     case VT_STRUCT:
6439         tmp_type1 = *dt;
6440         tmp_type2 = *st;
6441         tmp_type1.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
6442         tmp_type2.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
6443         if (!is_compatible_types(&tmp_type1, &tmp_type2)) {
6444         error:
6445             type_to_str(buf1, sizeof(buf1), st, NULL);
6446             type_to_str(buf2, sizeof(buf2), dt, NULL);
6447             error("cannot cast '%s' to '%s'", buf1, buf2);
6448         }
6449         break;
6450     }
6451  type_ok:
6452     gen_cast(dt);
6453 }
6454
6455 /* store vtop in lvalue pushed on stack */
6456 void vstore(void)
6457 {
6458     int sbt, dbt, ft, r, t, size, align, bit_size, bit_pos, rc, delayed_cast;
6459
6460     ft = vtop[-1].type.t;
6461     sbt = vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
6462     dbt = ft & VT_BTYPE;
6463     if (((sbt == VT_INT || sbt == VT_SHORT) && dbt == VT_BYTE) ||
6464         (sbt == VT_INT && dbt == VT_SHORT)) {
6465         /* optimize char/short casts */
6466         delayed_cast = VT_MUSTCAST;
6467         vtop->type.t = ft & VT_TYPE;
6468         /* XXX: factorize */
6469         if (ft & VT_CONSTANT)
6470             warning("assignment of read-only location");
6471     } else {
6472         delayed_cast = 0;
6473         if (!(ft & VT_BITFIELD))
6474             gen_assign_cast(&vtop[-1].type);
6475     }
6476
6477     if (sbt == VT_STRUCT) {
6478         /* if structure, only generate pointer */
6479         /* structure assignment : generate memcpy */
6480         /* XXX: optimize if small size */
6481         if (!nocode_wanted) {
6482             size = type_size(&vtop->type, &align);
6483
6484 #ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
6485             if(!(align & 7))
6486                 vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK_memcpy8);
6487             else if(!(align & 3))
6488                 vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK_memcpy4);
6489             else
6490 #endif
6491             vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK_memcpy);
6492
6493             /* destination */
6494             vpushv(vtop - 2);
6495             vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
6496             gaddrof();
6497             /* source */
6498             vpushv(vtop - 2);
6499             vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
6500             gaddrof();
6501             /* type size */
6502             vpushi(size);
6503             gfunc_call(3);
6504
6505             vswap();
6506             vpop();
6507         } else {
6508             vswap();
6509             vpop();
6510         }
6511         /* leave source on stack */
6512     } else if (ft & VT_BITFIELD) {
6513         /* bitfield store handling */
6514         bit_pos = (ft >> VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) & 0x3f;
6515         bit_size = (ft >> (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6)) & 0x3f;
6516         /* remove bit field info to avoid loops */
6517         vtop[-1].type.t = ft & ~(VT_BITFIELD | (-1 << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT));
6518
6519         /* duplicate source into other register */
6520         gv_dup();
6521         vswap();
6522         vrott(3);
6523
6524         /* duplicate destination */
6525         vdup();
6526         vtop[-1] = vtop[-2];
6527
6528         /* mask and shift source */
6529         vpushi((1 << bit_size) - 1);
6530         gen_op('&');
6531         vpushi(bit_pos);
6532         gen_op(TOK_SHL);
6533         /* load destination, mask and or with source */
6534         vswap();
6535         vpushi(~(((1 << bit_size) - 1) << bit_pos));
6536         gen_op('&');
6537         gen_op('|');
6538         /* store result */
6539         vstore();
6540
6541         /* pop off shifted source from "duplicate source..." above */
6542         vpop();
6543
6544     } else {
6545 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
6546         /* bound check case */
6547         if (vtop[-1].r & VT_MUSTBOUND) {
6548             vswap();
6549             gbound();
6550             vswap();
6551         }
6552 #endif
6553         if (!nocode_wanted) {
6554             rc = RC_INT;
6555             if (is_float(ft))
6556                 rc = RC_FLOAT;
6557             r = gv(rc);  /* generate value */
6558             /* if lvalue was saved on stack, must read it */
6559             if ((vtop[-1].r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_LLOCAL) {
6560                 SValue sv;
6561                 t = get_reg(RC_INT);
6562                 sv.type.t = VT_INT;
6563                 sv.r = VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
6564                 sv.c.ul = vtop[-1].c.ul;
6565                 load(t, &sv);
6566                 vtop[-1].r = t | VT_LVAL;
6567             }
6568             store(r, vtop - 1);
6569             /* two word case handling : store second register at word + 4 */
6570             if ((ft & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
6571                 vswap();
6572                 /* convert to int to increment easily */
6573                 vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
6574                 gaddrof();
6575                 vpushi(4);
6576                 gen_op('+');
6577                 vtop->r |= VT_LVAL;
6578                 vswap();
6579                 /* XXX: it works because r2 is spilled last ! */
6580                 store(vtop->r2, vtop - 1);
6581             }
6582         }
6583         vswap();
6584         vtop--; /* NOT vpop() because on x86 it would flush the fp stack */
6585         vtop->r |= delayed_cast;
6586     }
6587 }
6588
6589 /* post defines POST/PRE add. c is the token ++ or -- */
6590 void inc(int post, int c)
6591 {
6592     test_lvalue();
6593     vdup(); /* save lvalue */
6594     if (post) {
6595         gv_dup(); /* duplicate value */
6596         vrotb(3);
6597         vrotb(3);
6598     }
6599     /* add constant */
6600     vpushi(c - TOK_MID);
6601     gen_op('+');
6602     vstore(); /* store value */
6603     if (post)
6604         vpop(); /* if post op, return saved value */
6605 }
6606
6607 /* Parse GNUC __attribute__ extension. Currently, the following
6608    extensions are recognized:
6609    - aligned(n) : set data/function alignment.
6610    - packed : force data alignment to 1
6611    - section(x) : generate data/code in this section.
6612    - unused : currently ignored, but may be used someday.
6613    - regparm(n) : pass function parameters in registers (i386 only)
6614  */
6615 static void parse_attribute(AttributeDef *ad)
6616 {
6617     int t, n;
6618
6619     while (tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE1 || tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE2) {
6620     next();
6621     skip('(');
6622     skip('(');
6623     while (tok != ')') {
6624         if (tok < TOK_IDENT)
6625             expect("attribute name");
6626         t = tok;
6627         next();
6628         switch(t) {
6629         case TOK_SECTION1:
6630         case TOK_SECTION2:
6631             skip('(');
6632             if (tok != TOK_STR)
6633                 expect("section name");
6634             ad->section = find_section(tcc_state, (char *)tokc.cstr->data);
6635             next();
6636             skip(')');
6637             break;
6638         case TOK_ALIGNED1:
6639         case TOK_ALIGNED2:
6640             if (tok == '(') {
6641                 next();
6642                 n = expr_const();
6643                 if (n <= 0 || (n & (n - 1)) != 0)
6644                     error("alignment must be a positive power of two");
6645                 skip(')');
6646             } else {
6647                 n = MAX_ALIGN;
6648             }
6649             ad->aligned = n;
6650             break;
6651         case TOK_PACKED1:
6652         case TOK_PACKED2:
6653             ad->packed = 1;
6654             break;
6655         case TOK_UNUSED1:
6656         case TOK_UNUSED2:
6657             /* currently, no need to handle it because tcc does not
6658                track unused objects */
6659             break;
6660         case TOK_NORETURN1:
6661         case TOK_NORETURN2:
6662             /* currently, no need to handle it because tcc does not
6663                track unused objects */
6664             break;
6665         case TOK_CDECL1:
6666         case TOK_CDECL2:
6667         case TOK_CDECL3:
6668             FUNC_CALL(ad->func_attr) = FUNC_CDECL;
6669             break;
6670         case TOK_STDCALL1:
6671         case TOK_STDCALL2:
6672         case TOK_STDCALL3:
6673             FUNC_CALL(ad->func_attr) = FUNC_STDCALL;
6674             break;
6675 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
6676         case TOK_REGPARM1:
6677         case TOK_REGPARM2:
6678             skip('(');
6679             n = expr_const();
6680             if (n > 3)
6681                 n = 3;
6682             else if (n < 0)
6683                 n = 0;
6684             if (n > 0)
6685                 FUNC_CALL(ad->func_attr) = FUNC_FASTCALL1 + n - 1;
6686             skip(')');
6687             break;
6688         case TOK_FASTCALL1:
6689         case TOK_FASTCALL2:
6690         case TOK_FASTCALL3:
6691             FUNC_CALL(ad->func_attr) = FUNC_FASTCALLW;
6692             break;
6693 #endif
6694         case TOK_DLLEXPORT:
6695             FUNC_EXPORT(ad->func_attr) = 1;
6696             break;
6697         default:
6698             if (tcc_state->warn_unsupported)
6699                 warning("'%s' attribute ignored", get_tok_str(t, NULL));
6700             /* skip parameters */
6701             if (tok == '(') {
6702                 int parenthesis = 0;
6703                 do {
6704                     if (tok == '(')
6705                         parenthesis++;
6706                     else if (tok == ')')
6707                         parenthesis--;
6708                     next();
6709                 } while (parenthesis && tok != -1);
6710             }
6711             break;
6712         }
6713         if (tok != ',')
6714             break;
6715         next();
6716     }
6717     skip(')');
6718     skip(')');
6719     }
6720 }
6721
6722 /* enum/struct/union declaration. u is either VT_ENUM or VT_STRUCT */
6723 static void struct_decl(CType *type, int u)
6724 {
6725     int a, v, size, align, maxalign, c, offset;
6726     int bit_size, bit_pos, bsize, bt, lbit_pos;
6727     Sym *s, *ss, *ass, **ps;
6728     AttributeDef ad;
6729     CType type1, btype;
6730
6731     a = tok; /* save decl type */
6732     next();
6733     if (tok != '{') {
6734         v = tok;
6735         next();
6736         /* struct already defined ? return it */
6737         if (v < TOK_IDENT)
6738             expect("struct/union/enum name");
6739         s = struct_find(v);
6740         if (s) {
6741             if (s->type.t != a)
6742                 error("invalid type");
6743             goto do_decl;
6744         }
6745     } else {
6746         v = anon_sym++;
6747     }
6748     type1.t = a;
6749     /* we put an undefined size for struct/union */
6750     s = sym_push(v | SYM_STRUCT, &type1, 0, -1);
6751     s->r = 0; /* default alignment is zero as gcc */
6752     /* put struct/union/enum name in type */
6753  do_decl:
6754     type->t = u;
6755     type->ref = s;
6756
6757     if (tok == '{') {
6758         next();
6759         if (s->c != -1)
6760             error("struct/union/enum already defined");
6761         /* cannot be empty */
6762         c = 0;
6763         /* non empty enums are not allowed */
6764         if (a == TOK_ENUM) {
6765             for(;;) {
6766                 v = tok;
6767                 if (v < TOK_UIDENT)
6768                     expect("identifier");
6769                 next();
6770                 if (tok == '=') {
6771                     next();
6772                     c = expr_const();
6773                 }
6774                 /* enum symbols have static storage */
6775                 ss = sym_push(v, &int_type, VT_CONST, c);
6776                 ss->type.t |= VT_STATIC;
6777                 if (tok != ',')
6778                     break;
6779                 next();
6780                 c++;
6781                 /* NOTE: we accept a trailing comma */
6782                 if (tok == '}')
6783                     break;
6784             }
6785             skip('}');
6786         } else {
6787             maxalign = 1;
6788             ps = &s->next;
6789             bit_pos = 0;
6790             offset = 0;
6791             while (tok != '}') {
6792                 parse_btype(&btype, &ad);
6793                 while (1) {
6794                     bit_size = -1;
6795                     v = 0;
6796                     type1 = btype;
6797                     if (tok != ':') {
6798                         type_decl(&type1, &ad, &v, TYPE_DIRECT | TYPE_ABSTRACT);
6799                         if (v == 0 && (type1.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_STRUCT)
6800                             expect("identifier");
6801                         if ((type1.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC ||
6802                             (type1.t & (VT_TYPEDEF | VT_STATIC | VT_EXTERN | VT_INLINE)))
6803                             error("invalid type for '%s'",
6804                                   get_tok_str(v, NULL));
6805                     }
6806                     if (tok == ':') {
6807                         next();
6808                         bit_size = expr_const();
6809                         /* XXX: handle v = 0 case for messages */
6810                         if (bit_size < 0)
6811                             error("negative width in bit-field '%s'",
6812                                   get_tok_str(v, NULL));
6813                         if (v && bit_size == 0)
6814                             error("zero width for bit-field '%s'",
6815                                   get_tok_str(v, NULL));
6816                     }
6817                     size = type_size(&type1, &align);
6818                     if (ad.aligned) {
6819                         if (align < ad.aligned)
6820                             align = ad.aligned;
6821                     } else if (ad.packed) {
6822                         align = 1;
6823                     } else if (*tcc_state->pack_stack_ptr) {
6824                         if (align > *tcc_state->pack_stack_ptr)
6825                             align = *tcc_state->pack_stack_ptr;
6826                     }
6827                     lbit_pos = 0;
6828                     if (bit_size >= 0) {
6829                         bt = type1.t & VT_BTYPE;
6830                         if (bt != VT_INT &&
6831                             bt != VT_BYTE &&
6832                             bt != VT_SHORT &&
6833                             bt != VT_BOOL &&
6834                             bt != VT_ENUM)
6835                             error("bitfields must have scalar type");
6836                         bsize = size * 8;
6837                         if (bit_size > bsize) {
6838                             error("width of '%s' exceeds its type",
6839                                   get_tok_str(v, NULL));
6840                         } else if (bit_size == bsize) {
6841                             /* no need for bit fields */
6842                             bit_pos = 0;
6843                         } else if (bit_size == 0) {
6844                             /* XXX: what to do if only padding in a
6845                                structure ? */
6846                             /* zero size: means to pad */
6847                             if (bit_pos > 0)
6848                                 bit_pos = bsize;
6849                         } else {
6850                             /* we do not have enough room ? */
6851                             if ((bit_pos + bit_size) > bsize)
6852                                 bit_pos = 0;
6853                             lbit_pos = bit_pos;
6854                             /* XXX: handle LSB first */
6855                             type1.t |= VT_BITFIELD |
6856                                 (bit_pos << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) |
6857                                 (bit_size << (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6));
6858                             bit_pos += bit_size;
6859                         }
6860                     } else {
6861                         bit_pos = 0;
6862                     }
6863                     if (v != 0 || (type1.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
6864                         /* add new memory data only if starting
6865                            bit field */
6866                         if (lbit_pos == 0) {
6867                             if (a == TOK_STRUCT) {
6868                                 c = (c + align - 1) & -align;
6869                                 offset = c;
6870                                 if (size > 0)
6871                                     c += size;
6872                             } else {
6873                                 offset = 0;
6874                                 if (size > c)
6875                                     c = size;
6876                             }
6877                             if (align > maxalign)
6878                                 maxalign = align;
6879                         }
6880 #if 0
6881                         printf("add field %s offset=%d",
6882                                get_tok_str(v, NULL), offset);
6883                         if (type1.t & VT_BITFIELD) {
6884                             printf(" pos=%d size=%d",
6885                                    (type1.t >> VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) & 0x3f,
6886                                    (type1.t >> (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6)) & 0x3f);
6887                         }
6888                         printf("\n");
6889 #endif
6890                     }
6891                     if (v == 0 && (type1.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
6892                         ass = type1.ref;
6893                         while ((ass = ass->next) != NULL) {
6894                            ss = sym_push(ass->v, &ass->type, 0, offset + ass->c);
6895                            *ps = ss;
6896                            ps = &ss->next;
6897                         }
6898                     } else if (v) {
6899                         ss = sym_push(v | SYM_FIELD, &type1, 0, offset);
6900                         *ps = ss;
6901                         ps = &ss->next;
6902                     }
6903                     if (tok == ';' || tok == TOK_EOF)
6904                         break;
6905                     skip(',');
6906                 }
6907                 skip(';');
6908             }
6909             skip('}');
6910             /* store size and alignment */
6911             s->c = (c + maxalign - 1) & -maxalign;
6912             s->r = maxalign;
6913         }
6914     }
6915 }
6916
6917 /* return 0 if no type declaration. otherwise, return the basic type
6918    and skip it.
6919  */
6920 static int parse_btype(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad)
6921 {
6922     int t, u, type_found, typespec_found, typedef_found;
6923     Sym *s;
6924     CType type1;
6925
6926     memset(ad, 0, sizeof(AttributeDef));
6927     type_found = 0;
6928     typespec_found = 0;
6929     typedef_found = 0;
6930     t = 0;
6931     while(1) {
6932         switch(tok) {
6933         case TOK_EXTENSION:
6934             /* currently, we really ignore extension */
6935             next();
6936             continue;
6937
6938             /* basic types */
6939         case TOK_CHAR:
6940             u = VT_BYTE;
6941         basic_type:
6942             next();
6943         basic_type1:
6944             if ((t & VT_BTYPE) != 0)
6945                 error("too many basic types");
6946             t |= u;
6947             typespec_found = 1;
6948             break;
6949         case TOK_VOID:
6950             u = VT_VOID;
6951             goto basic_type;
6952         case TOK_SHORT:
6953             u = VT_SHORT;
6954             goto basic_type;
6955         case TOK_INT:
6956             next();
6957             typespec_found = 1;
6958             break;
6959         case TOK_LONG:
6960             next();
6961             if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_DOUBLE) {
6962                 t = (t & ~VT_BTYPE) | VT_LDOUBLE;
6963             } else if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LONG) {
6964                 t = (t & ~VT_BTYPE) | VT_LLONG;
6965             } else {
6966                 u = VT_LONG;
6967                 goto basic_type1;
6968             }
6969             break;
6970         case TOK_BOOL:
6971             u = VT_BOOL;
6972             goto basic_type;
6973         case TOK_FLOAT:
6974             u = VT_FLOAT;
6975             goto basic_type;
6976         case TOK_DOUBLE:
6977             next();
6978             if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LONG) {
6979                 t = (t & ~VT_BTYPE) | VT_LDOUBLE;
6980             } else {
6981                 u = VT_DOUBLE;
6982                 goto basic_type1;
6983             }
6984             break;
6985         case TOK_ENUM:
6986             struct_decl(&type1, VT_ENUM);
6987         basic_type2:
6988             u = type1.t;
6989             type->ref = type1.ref;
6990             goto basic_type1;
6991         case TOK_STRUCT:
6992         case TOK_UNION:
6993             struct_decl(&type1, VT_STRUCT);
6994             goto basic_type2;
6995
6996             /* type modifiers */
6997         case TOK_CONST1:
6998         case TOK_CONST2:
6999         case TOK_CONST3:
7000             t |= VT_CONSTANT;
7001             next();
7002             break;
7003         case TOK_VOLATILE1:
7004         case TOK_VOLATILE2:
7005         case TOK_VOLATILE3:
7006             t |= VT_VOLATILE;
7007             next();
7008             break;
7009         case TOK_SIGNED1:
7010         case TOK_SIGNED2:
7011         case TOK_SIGNED3:
7012             typespec_found = 1;
7013             t |= VT_SIGNED;
7014             next();
7015             break;
7016         case TOK_REGISTER:
7017         case TOK_AUTO:
7018         case TOK_RESTRICT1:
7019         case TOK_RESTRICT2:
7020         case TOK_RESTRICT3:
7021             next();
7022             break;
7023         case TOK_UNSIGNED:
7024             t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
7025             next();
7026             typespec_found = 1;
7027             break;
7028
7029             /* storage */
7030         case TOK_EXTERN:
7031             t |= VT_EXTERN;
7032             next();
7033             break;
7034         case TOK_STATIC:
7035             t |= VT_STATIC;
7036             next();
7037             break;
7038         case TOK_TYPEDEF:
7039             t |= VT_TYPEDEF;
7040             next();
7041             break;
7042         case TOK_INLINE1:
7043         case TOK_INLINE2:
7044         case TOK_INLINE3:
7045             t |= VT_INLINE;
7046             next();
7047             break;
7048
7049             /* GNUC attribute */
7050         case TOK_ATTRIBUTE1:
7051         case TOK_ATTRIBUTE2:
7052             parse_attribute(ad);
7053             break;
7054             /* GNUC typeof */
7055         case TOK_TYPEOF1:
7056         case TOK_TYPEOF2:
7057         case TOK_TYPEOF3:
7058             next();
7059             parse_expr_type(&type1);
7060             goto basic_type2;
7061         default:
7062             if (typespec_found || typedef_found)
7063                 goto the_end;
7064             s = sym_find(tok);
7065             if (!s || !(s->type.t & VT_TYPEDEF))
7066                 goto the_end;
7067             typedef_found = 1;
7068             t |= (s->type.t & ~VT_TYPEDEF);
7069             type->ref = s->type.ref;
7070             next();
7071             typespec_found = 1;
7072             break;
7073         }
7074         type_found = 1;
7075     }
7076 the_end:
7077     if ((t & (VT_SIGNED|VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_SIGNED|VT_UNSIGNED))
7078         error("signed and unsigned modifier");
7079     if (tcc_state->char_is_unsigned) {
7080         if ((t & (VT_SIGNED|VT_UNSIGNED|VT_BTYPE)) == VT_BYTE)
7081             t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
7082     }
7083     t &= ~VT_SIGNED;
7084
7085     /* long is never used as type */
7086     if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LONG)
7087         t = (t & ~VT_BTYPE) | VT_INT;
7088     type->t = t;
7089     return type_found;
7090 }
7091
7092 /* convert a function parameter type (array to pointer and function to
7093    function pointer) */
7094 static inline void convert_parameter_type(CType *pt)
7095 {
7096     /* remove const and volatile qualifiers (XXX: const could be used
7097        to indicate a const function parameter */
7098     pt->t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
7099     /* array must be transformed to pointer according to ANSI C */
7100     pt->t &= ~VT_ARRAY;
7101     if ((pt->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
7102         mk_pointer(pt);
7103     }
7104 }
7105
7106 static void post_type(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad)
7107 {
7108     int n, l, t1, arg_size, align;
7109     Sym **plast, *s, *first;
7110     AttributeDef ad1;
7111     CType pt;
7112
7113     if (tok == '(') {
7114         /* function declaration */
7115         next();
7116         l = 0;
7117         first = NULL;
7118         plast = &first;
7119         arg_size = 0;
7120         if (tok != ')') {
7121             for(;;) {
7122                 /* read param name and compute offset */
7123                 if (l != FUNC_OLD) {
7124                     if (!parse_btype(&pt, &ad1)) {
7125                         if (l) {
7126                             error("invalid type");
7127                         } else {
7128                             l = FUNC_OLD;
7129                             goto old_proto;
7130                         }
7131                     }
7132                     l = FUNC_NEW;
7133                     if ((pt.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID && tok == ')')
7134                         break;
7135                     type_decl(&pt, &ad1, &n, TYPE_DIRECT | TYPE_ABSTRACT);
7136                     if ((pt.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID)
7137                         error("parameter declared as void");
7138                     arg_size += (type_size(&pt, &align) + 3) & ~3;
7139                 } else {
7140                 old_proto:
7141                     n = tok;
7142                     if (n < TOK_UIDENT)
7143                         expect("identifier");
7144                     pt.t = VT_INT;
7145                     next();
7146                 }
7147                 convert_parameter_type(&pt);
7148                 s = sym_push(n | SYM_FIELD, &pt, 0, 0);
7149                 *plast = s;
7150                 plast = &s->next;
7151                 if (tok == ')')
7152                     break;
7153                 skip(',');
7154                 if (l == FUNC_NEW && tok == TOK_DOTS) {
7155                     l = FUNC_ELLIPSIS;
7156                     next();
7157                     break;
7158                 }
7159             }
7160         }
7161         /* if no parameters, then old type prototype */
7162         if (l == 0)
7163             l = FUNC_OLD;
7164         skip(')');
7165         t1 = type->t & VT_STORAGE;
7166         /* NOTE: const is ignored in returned type as it has a special
7167            meaning in gcc / C++ */
7168         type->t &= ~(VT_STORAGE | VT_CONSTANT);
7169         post_type(type, ad);
7170         /* we push a anonymous symbol which will contain the function prototype */
7171         FUNC_ARGS(ad->func_attr) = arg_size;
7172         s = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, type, ad->func_attr, l);
7173         s->next = first;
7174         type->t = t1 | VT_FUNC;
7175         type->ref = s;
7176     } else if (tok == '[') {
7177         /* array definition */
7178         next();
7179         n = -1;
7180         if (tok != ']') {
7181             n = expr_const();
7182             if (n < 0)
7183                 error("invalid array size");
7184         }
7185         skip(']');
7186         /* parse next post type */
7187         t1 = type->t & VT_STORAGE;
7188         type->t &= ~VT_STORAGE;
7189         post_type(type, ad);
7190
7191         /* we push a anonymous symbol which will contain the array
7192            element type */
7193         s = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, type, 0, n);
7194         type->t = t1 | VT_ARRAY | VT_PTR;
7195         type->ref = s;
7196     }
7197 }
7198
7199 /* Parse a type declaration (except basic type), and return the type
7200    in 'type'. 'td' is a bitmask indicating which kind of type decl is
7201    expected. 'type' should contain the basic type. 'ad' is the
7202    attribute definition of the basic type. It can be modified by
7203    type_decl().
7204  */
7205 static void type_decl(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int *v, int td)
7206 {
7207     Sym *s;
7208     CType type1, *type2;
7209     int qualifiers;
7210
7211     while (tok == '*') {
7212         qualifiers = 0;
7213     redo:
7214         next();
7215         switch(tok) {
7216         case TOK_CONST1:
7217         case TOK_CONST2:
7218         case TOK_CONST3:
7219             qualifiers |= VT_CONSTANT;
7220             goto redo;
7221         case TOK_VOLATILE1:
7222         case TOK_VOLATILE2:
7223         case TOK_VOLATILE3:
7224             qualifiers |= VT_VOLATILE;
7225             goto redo;
7226         case TOK_RESTRICT1:
7227         case TOK_RESTRICT2:
7228         case TOK_RESTRICT3:
7229             goto redo;
7230         }
7231         mk_pointer(type);
7232         type->t |= qualifiers;
7233     }
7234
7235     /* XXX: clarify attribute handling */
7236     if (tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE1 || tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE2)
7237         parse_attribute(ad);
7238
7239     /* recursive type */
7240     /* XXX: incorrect if abstract type for functions (e.g. 'int ()') */
7241     type1.t = 0; /* XXX: same as int */
7242     if (tok == '(') {
7243         next();
7244         /* XXX: this is not correct to modify 'ad' at this point, but
7245            the syntax is not clear */
7246         if (tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE1 || tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE2)
7247             parse_attribute(ad);
7248         type_decl(&type1, ad, v, td);
7249         skip(')');
7250     } else {
7251         /* type identifier */
7252         if (tok >= TOK_IDENT && (td & TYPE_DIRECT)) {
7253             *v = tok;
7254             next();
7255         } else {
7256             if (!(td & TYPE_ABSTRACT))
7257                 expect("identifier");
7258             *v = 0;
7259         }
7260     }
7261     post_type(type, ad);
7262     if (tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE1 || tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE2)
7263         parse_attribute(ad);
7264     if (!type1.t)
7265         return;
7266     /* append type at the end of type1 */
7267     type2 = &type1;
7268     for(;;) {
7269         s = type2->ref;
7270         type2 = &s->type;
7271         if (!type2->t) {
7272             *type2 = *type;
7273             break;
7274         }
7275     }
7276     *type = type1;
7277 }
7278
7279 /* compute the lvalue VT_LVAL_xxx needed to match type t. */
7280 static int lvalue_type(int t)
7281 {
7282     int bt, r;
7283     r = VT_LVAL;
7284     bt = t & VT_BTYPE;
7285     if (bt == VT_BYTE || bt == VT_BOOL)
7286         r |= VT_LVAL_BYTE;
7287     else if (bt == VT_SHORT)
7288         r |= VT_LVAL_SHORT;
7289     else
7290         return r;
7291     if (t & VT_UNSIGNED)
7292         r |= VT_LVAL_UNSIGNED;
7293     return r;
7294 }
7295
7296 /* indirection with full error checking and bound check */
7297 static void indir(void)
7298 {
7299     if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_PTR) {
7300         if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC)
7301             return;
7302         expect("pointer");
7303     }
7304     if ((vtop->r & VT_LVAL) && !nocode_wanted)
7305         gv(RC_INT);
7306     vtop->type = *pointed_type(&vtop->type);
7307     /* Arrays and functions are never lvalues */
7308     if (!(vtop->type.t & VT_ARRAY)
7309         && (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC) {
7310         vtop->r |= lvalue_type(vtop->type.t);
7311         /* if bound checking, the referenced pointer must be checked */
7312         if (do_bounds_check)
7313             vtop->r |= VT_MUSTBOUND;
7314     }
7315 }
7316
7317 /* pass a parameter to a function and do type checking and casting */
7318 static void gfunc_param_typed(Sym *func, Sym *arg)
7319 {
7320     int func_type;
7321     CType type;
7322
7323     func_type = func->c;
7324     if (func_type == FUNC_OLD ||
7325         (func_type == FUNC_ELLIPSIS && arg == NULL)) {
7326         /* default casting : only need to convert float to double */
7327         if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FLOAT) {
7328             type.t = VT_DOUBLE;
7329             gen_cast(&type);
7330         }
7331     } else if (arg == NULL) {
7332         error("too many arguments to function");
7333     } else {
7334         type = arg->type;
7335         type.t &= ~VT_CONSTANT; /* need to do that to avoid false warning */
7336         gen_assign_cast(&type);
7337     }
7338 }
7339
7340 /* parse an expression of the form '(type)' or '(expr)' and return its
7341    type */
7342 static void parse_expr_type(CType *type)
7343 {
7344     int n;
7345     AttributeDef ad;
7346
7347     skip('(');
7348     if (parse_btype(type, &ad)) {
7349         type_decl(type, &ad, &n, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
7350     } else {
7351         expr_type(type);
7352     }
7353     skip(')');
7354 }
7355
7356 static void parse_type(CType *type)
7357 {
7358     AttributeDef ad;
7359     int n;
7360
7361     if (!parse_btype(type, &ad)) {
7362         expect("type");
7363     }
7364     type_decl(type, &ad, &n, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
7365 }
7366
7367 static void vpush_tokc(int t)
7368 {
7369     CType type;
7370     type.t = t;
7371     vsetc(&type, VT_CONST, &tokc);
7372 }
7373
7374 static void unary(void)
7375 {
7376     int n, t, align, size, r;
7377     CType type;
7378     Sym *s;
7379     AttributeDef ad;
7380
7381     /* XXX: GCC 2.95.3 does not generate a table although it should be
7382        better here */
7383  tok_next:
7384     switch(tok) {
7385     case TOK_EXTENSION:
7386         next();
7387         goto tok_next;
7388     case TOK_CINT:
7389     case TOK_CCHAR:
7390     case TOK_LCHAR:
7391         vpushi(tokc.i);
7392         next();
7393         break;
7394     case TOK_CUINT:
7395         vpush_tokc(VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED);
7396         next();
7397         break;
7398     case TOK_CLLONG:
7399         vpush_tokc(VT_LLONG);
7400         next();
7401         break;
7402     case TOK_CULLONG:
7403         vpush_tokc(VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED);
7404         next();
7405         break;
7406     case TOK_CFLOAT:
7407         vpush_tokc(VT_FLOAT);
7408         next();
7409         break;
7410     case TOK_CDOUBLE:
7411         vpush_tokc(VT_DOUBLE);
7412         next();
7413         break;
7414     case TOK_CLDOUBLE:
7415         vpush_tokc(VT_LDOUBLE);
7416         next();
7417         break;
7418     case TOK___FUNCTION__:
7419         if (!gnu_ext)
7420             goto tok_identifier;
7421         /* fall thru */
7422     case TOK___FUNC__:
7423         {
7424             void *ptr;
7425             int len;
7426             /* special function name identifier */
7427             len = strlen(funcname) + 1;
7428             /* generate char[len] type */
7429             type.t = VT_BYTE;
7430             mk_pointer(&type);
7431             type.t |= VT_ARRAY;
7432             type.ref->c = len;
7433             vpush_ref(&type, data_section, data_section->data_offset, len);
7434             ptr = section_ptr_add(data_section, len);
7435             memcpy(ptr, funcname, len);
7436             next();
7437         }
7438         break;
7439     case TOK_LSTR:
7440 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
7441         t = VT_SHORT | VT_UNSIGNED;
7442 #else
7443         t = VT_INT;
7444 #endif
7445         goto str_init;
7446     case TOK_STR:
7447         /* string parsing */
7448         t = VT_BYTE;
7449     str_init:
7450         if (tcc_state->warn_write_strings)
7451             t |= VT_CONSTANT;
7452         type.t = t;
7453         mk_pointer(&type);
7454         type.t |= VT_ARRAY;
7455         memset(&ad, 0, sizeof(AttributeDef));
7456         decl_initializer_alloc(&type, &ad, VT_CONST, 2, 0, 0);
7457         break;
7458     case '(':
7459         next();
7460         /* cast ? */
7461         if (parse_btype(&type, &ad)) {
7462             type_decl(&type, &ad, &n, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
7463             skip(')');
7464             /* check ISOC99 compound literal */
7465             if (tok == '{') {
7466                     /* data is allocated locally by default */
7467                 if (global_expr)
7468                     r = VT_CONST;
7469                 else
7470                     r = VT_LOCAL;
7471                 /* all except arrays are lvalues */
7472                 if (!(type.t & VT_ARRAY))
7473                     r |= lvalue_type(type.t);
7474                 memset(&ad, 0, sizeof(AttributeDef));
7475                 decl_initializer_alloc(&type, &ad, r, 1, 0, 0);
7476             } else {
7477                 unary();
7478                 gen_cast(&type);
7479             }
7480         } else if (tok == '{') {
7481             /* save all registers */
7482             save_regs(0);
7483             /* statement expression : we do not accept break/continue
7484                inside as GCC does */
7485             block(NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 1);
7486             skip(')');
7487         } else {
7488             gexpr();
7489             skip(')');
7490         }
7491         break;
7492     case '*':
7493         next();
7494         unary();
7495         indir();
7496         break;
7497     case '&':
7498         next();
7499         unary();
7500         /* functions names must be treated as function pointers,
7501            except for unary '&' and sizeof. Since we consider that
7502            functions are not lvalues, we only have to handle it
7503            there and in function calls. */
7504         /* arrays can also be used although they are not lvalues */
7505         if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC &&
7506             !(vtop->type.t & VT_ARRAY) && !(vtop->type.t & VT_LLOCAL))
7507             test_lvalue();
7508         mk_pointer(&vtop->type);
7509         gaddrof();
7510         break;
7511     case '!':
7512         next();
7513         unary();
7514         if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST)
7515             vtop->c.i = !vtop->c.i;
7516         else if ((vtop->r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_CMP)
7517             vtop->c.i = vtop->c.i ^ 1;
7518         else {
7519             save_regs(1);
7520             vseti(VT_JMP, gtst(1, 0));
7521         }
7522         break;
7523     case '~':
7524         next();
7525         unary();
7526         vpushi(-1);
7527         gen_op('^');
7528         break;
7529     case '+':
7530         next();
7531         /* in order to force cast, we add zero */
7532         unary();
7533         if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_PTR)
7534             error("pointer not accepted for unary plus");
7535         vpushi(0);
7536         gen_op('+');
7537         break;
7538     case TOK_SIZEOF:
7539     case TOK_ALIGNOF1:
7540     case TOK_ALIGNOF2:
7541         t = tok;
7542         next();
7543         if (tok == '(') {
7544             parse_expr_type(&type);
7545         } else {
7546             unary_type(&type);
7547         }
7548         size = type_size(&type, &align);
7549         if (t == TOK_SIZEOF) {
7550             if (size < 0)
7551                 error("sizeof applied to an incomplete type");
7552             vpushi(size);
7553         } else {
7554             vpushi(align);
7555         }
7556         vtop->type.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
7557         break;
7558
7559     case TOK_builtin_types_compatible_p:
7560         {
7561             CType type1, type2;
7562             next();
7563             skip('(');
7564             parse_type(&type1);
7565             skip(',');
7566             parse_type(&type2);
7567             skip(')');
7568             type1.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
7569             type2.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
7570             vpushi(is_compatible_types(&type1, &type2));
7571         }
7572         break;
7573     case TOK_builtin_constant_p:
7574         {
7575             int saved_nocode_wanted, res;
7576             next();
7577             skip('(');
7578             saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
7579             nocode_wanted = 1;
7580             gexpr();
7581             res = (vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
7582             vpop();
7583             nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
7584             skip(')');
7585             vpushi(res);
7586         }
7587         break;
7588     case TOK_INC:
7589     case TOK_DEC:
7590         t = tok;
7591         next();
7592         unary();
7593         inc(0, t);
7594         break;
7595     case '-':
7596         next();
7597         vpushi(0);
7598         unary();
7599         gen_op('-');
7600         break;
7601     case TOK_LAND:
7602         if (!gnu_ext)
7603             goto tok_identifier;
7604         next();
7605         /* allow to take the address of a label */
7606         if (tok < TOK_UIDENT)
7607             expect("label identifier");
7608         s = label_find(tok);
7609         if (!s) {
7610             s = label_push(&global_label_stack, tok, LABEL_FORWARD);
7611         } else {
7612             if (s->r == LABEL_DECLARED)
7613                 s->r = LABEL_FORWARD;
7614         }
7615         if (!s->type.t) {
7616             s->type.t = VT_VOID;
7617             mk_pointer(&s->type);
7618             s->type.t |= VT_STATIC;
7619         }
7620         vset(&s->type, VT_CONST | VT_SYM, 0);
7621         vtop->sym = s;
7622         next();
7623         break;
7624     default:
7625     tok_identifier:
7626         t = tok;
7627         next();
7628         if (t < TOK_UIDENT)
7629             expect("identifier");
7630         s = sym_find(t);
7631         if (!s) {
7632             if (tok != '(')
7633                 error("'%s' undeclared", get_tok_str(t, NULL));
7634             /* for simple function calls, we tolerate undeclared
7635                external reference to int() function */
7636             if (tcc_state->warn_implicit_function_declaration)
7637                 warning("implicit declaration of function '%s'",
7638                         get_tok_str(t, NULL));
7639             s = external_global_sym(t, &func_old_type, 0);
7640         }
7641         if ((s->type.t & (VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE | VT_BTYPE)) ==
7642             (VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE | VT_FUNC)) {
7643             /* if referencing an inline function, then we generate a
7644                symbol to it if not already done. It will have the
7645                effect to generate code for it at the end of the
7646                compilation unit. Inline function as always
7647                generated in the text section. */
7648             if (!s->c)
7649                 put_extern_sym(s, text_section, 0, 0);
7650             r = VT_SYM | VT_CONST;
7651         } else {
7652             r = s->r;
7653         }
7654         vset(&s->type, r, s->c);
7655         /* if forward reference, we must point to s */
7656         if (vtop->r & VT_SYM) {
7657             vtop->sym = s;
7658             vtop->c.ul = 0;
7659         }
7660         break;
7661     }
7662
7663     /* post operations */
7664     while (1) {
7665         if (tok == TOK_INC || tok == TOK_DEC) {
7666             inc(1, tok);
7667             next();
7668         } else if (tok == '.' || tok == TOK_ARROW) {
7669             /* field */
7670             if (tok == TOK_ARROW)
7671                 indir();
7672             test_lvalue();
7673             gaddrof();
7674             next();
7675             /* expect pointer on structure */
7676             if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_STRUCT)
7677                 expect("struct or union");
7678             s = vtop->type.ref;
7679             /* find field */
7680             tok |= SYM_FIELD;
7681             while ((s = s->next) != NULL) {
7682                 if (s->v == tok)
7683                     break;
7684             }
7685             if (!s)
7686                 error("field not found: %s",  get_tok_str(tok & ~SYM_FIELD, NULL));
7687             /* add field offset to pointer */
7688             vtop->type = char_pointer_type; /* change type to 'char *' */
7689             vpushi(s->c);
7690             gen_op('+');
7691             /* change type to field type, and set to lvalue */
7692             vtop->type = s->type;
7693             /* an array is never an lvalue */
7694             if (!(vtop->type.t & VT_ARRAY)) {
7695                 vtop->r |= lvalue_type(vtop->type.t);
7696                 /* if bound checking, the referenced pointer must be checked */
7697                 if (do_bounds_check)
7698                     vtop->r |= VT_MUSTBOUND;
7699             }
7700             next();
7701         } else if (tok == '[') {
7702             next();
7703             gexpr();
7704             gen_op('+');
7705             indir();
7706             skip(']');
7707         } else if (tok == '(') {
7708             SValue ret;
7709             Sym *sa;
7710             int nb_args;
7711
7712             /* function call  */
7713             if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC) {
7714                 /* pointer test (no array accepted) */
7715                 if ((vtop->type.t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_ARRAY)) == VT_PTR) {
7716                     vtop->type = *pointed_type(&vtop->type);
7717                     if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC)
7718                         goto error_func;
7719                 } else {
7720                 error_func:
7721                     expect("function pointer");
7722                 }
7723             } else {
7724                 vtop->r &= ~VT_LVAL; /* no lvalue */
7725             }
7726             /* get return type */
7727             s = vtop->type.ref;
7728             next();
7729             sa = s->next; /* first parameter */
7730             nb_args = 0;
7731             ret.r2 = VT_CONST;
7732             /* compute first implicit argument if a structure is returned */
7733             if ((s->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
7734                 /* get some space for the returned structure */
7735                 size = type_size(&s->type, &align);
7736                 loc = (loc - size) & -align;
7737                 ret.type = s->type;
7738                 ret.r = VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
7739                 /* pass it as 'int' to avoid structure arg passing
7740                    problems */
7741                 vseti(VT_LOCAL, loc);
7742                 ret.c = vtop->c;
7743                 nb_args++;
7744             } else {
7745                 ret.type = s->type;
7746                 /* return in register */
7747                 if (is_float(ret.type.t)) {
7748                     ret.r = REG_FRET;
7749                 } else {
7750                     if ((ret.type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG)
7751                         ret.r2 = REG_LRET;
7752                     ret.r = REG_IRET;
7753                 }
7754                 ret.c.i = 0;
7755             }
7756             if (tok != ')') {
7757                 for(;;) {
7758                     expr_eq();
7759                     gfunc_param_typed(s, sa);
7760                     nb_args++;
7761                     if (sa)
7762                         sa = sa->next;
7763                     if (tok == ')')
7764                         break;
7765                     skip(',');
7766                 }
7767             }
7768             if (sa)
7769                 error("too few arguments to function");
7770             skip(')');
7771             if (!nocode_wanted) {
7772                 gfunc_call(nb_args);
7773             } else {
7774                 vtop -= (nb_args + 1);
7775             }
7776             /* return value */
7777             vsetc(&ret.type, ret.r, &ret.c);
7778             vtop->r2 = ret.r2;
7779         } else {
7780             break;
7781         }
7782     }
7783 }
7784
7785 static void uneq(void)
7786 {
7787     int t;
7788
7789     unary();
7790     if (tok == '=' ||
7791         (tok >= TOK_A_MOD && tok <= TOK_A_DIV) ||
7792         tok == TOK_A_XOR || tok == TOK_A_OR ||
7793         tok == TOK_A_SHL || tok == TOK_A_SAR) {
7794         test_lvalue();
7795         t = tok;
7796         next();
7797         if (t == '=') {
7798             expr_eq();
7799         } else {
7800             vdup();
7801             expr_eq();
7802             gen_op(t & 0x7f);
7803         }
7804         vstore();
7805     }
7806 }
7807
7808 static void expr_prod(void)
7809 {
7810     int t;
7811
7812     uneq();
7813     while (tok == '*' || tok == '/' || tok == '%') {
7814         t = tok;
7815         next();
7816         uneq();
7817         gen_op(t);
7818     }
7819 }
7820
7821 static void expr_sum(void)
7822 {
7823     int t;
7824
7825     expr_prod();
7826     while (tok == '+' || tok == '-') {
7827         t = tok;
7828         next();
7829         expr_prod();
7830         gen_op(t);
7831     }
7832 }
7833
7834 static void expr_shift(void)
7835 {
7836     int t;
7837
7838     expr_sum();
7839     while (tok == TOK_SHL || tok == TOK_SAR) {
7840         t = tok;
7841         next();
7842         expr_sum();
7843         gen_op(t);
7844     }
7845 }
7846
7847 static void expr_cmp(void)
7848 {
7849     int t;
7850
7851     expr_shift();
7852     while ((tok >= TOK_ULE && tok <= TOK_GT) ||
7853            tok == TOK_ULT || tok == TOK_UGE) {
7854         t = tok;
7855         next();
7856         expr_shift();
7857         gen_op(t);
7858     }
7859 }
7860
7861 static void expr_cmpeq(void)
7862 {
7863     int t;
7864
7865     expr_cmp();
7866     while (tok == TOK_EQ || tok == TOK_NE) {
7867         t = tok;
7868         next();
7869         expr_cmp();
7870         gen_op(t);
7871     }
7872 }
7873
7874 static void expr_and(void)
7875 {
7876     expr_cmpeq();
7877     while (tok == '&') {
7878         next();
7879         expr_cmpeq();
7880         gen_op('&');
7881     }
7882 }
7883
7884 static void expr_xor(void)
7885 {
7886     expr_and();
7887     while (tok == '^') {
7888         next();
7889         expr_and();
7890         gen_op('^');
7891     }
7892 }
7893
7894 static void expr_or(void)
7895 {
7896     expr_xor();
7897     while (tok == '|') {
7898         next();
7899         expr_xor();
7900         gen_op('|');
7901     }
7902 }
7903
7904 /* XXX: fix this mess */
7905 static void expr_land_const(void)
7906 {
7907     expr_or();
7908     while (tok == TOK_LAND) {
7909         next();
7910         expr_or();
7911         gen_op(TOK_LAND);
7912     }
7913 }
7914
7915 /* XXX: fix this mess */
7916 static void expr_lor_const(void)
7917 {
7918     expr_land_const();
7919     while (tok == TOK_LOR) {
7920         next();
7921         expr_land_const();
7922         gen_op(TOK_LOR);
7923     }
7924 }
7925
7926 /* only used if non constant */
7927 static void expr_land(void)
7928 {
7929     int t;
7930
7931     expr_or();
7932     if (tok == TOK_LAND) {
7933         t = 0;
7934         save_regs(1);
7935         for(;;) {
7936             t = gtst(1, t);
7937             if (tok != TOK_LAND) {
7938                 vseti(VT_JMPI, t);
7939                 break;
7940             }
7941             next();
7942             expr_or();
7943         }
7944     }
7945 }
7946
7947 static void expr_lor(void)
7948 {
7949     int t;
7950
7951     expr_land();
7952     if (tok == TOK_LOR) {
7953         t = 0;
7954         save_regs(1);
7955         for(;;) {
7956             t = gtst(0, t);
7957             if (tok != TOK_LOR) {
7958                 vseti(VT_JMP, t);
7959                 break;
7960             }
7961             next();
7962             expr_land();
7963         }
7964     }
7965 }
7966
7967 /* XXX: better constant handling */
7968 static void expr_eq(void)
7969 {
7970     int tt, u, r1, r2, rc, t1, t2, bt1, bt2;
7971     SValue sv;
7972     CType type, type1, type2;
7973
7974     if (const_wanted) {
7975         int c1, c;
7976         expr_lor_const();
7977         if (tok == '?') {
7978             c = vtop->c.i;
7979             vpop();
7980             next();
7981             if (tok == ':' && gnu_ext) {
7982                 c1 = c;
7983             } else {
7984                 gexpr();
7985                 c1 = vtop->c.i;
7986                 vpop();
7987             }
7988             skip(':');
7989             expr_eq();
7990             if (c)
7991                 vtop->c.i = c1;
7992         }
7993     } else {
7994         expr_lor();
7995         if (tok == '?') {
7996             next();
7997             if (vtop != vstack) {
7998                 /* needed to avoid having different registers saved in
7999                    each branch */
8000                 if (is_float(vtop->type.t))
8001                     rc = RC_FLOAT;
8002                 else
8003                     rc = RC_INT;
8004                     gv(rc);
8005                     save_regs(1);
8006             }
8007             if (tok == ':' && gnu_ext) {
8008                 gv_dup();
8009                 tt = gtst(1, 0);
8010             } else {
8011                 tt = gtst(1, 0);
8012                 gexpr();
8013             }
8014             type1 = vtop->type;
8015             sv = *vtop; /* save value to handle it later */
8016             vtop--; /* no vpop so that FP stack is not flushed */
8017             skip(':');
8018             u = gjmp(0);
8019             gsym(tt);
8020             expr_eq();
8021             type2 = vtop->type;
8022
8023             t1 = type1.t;
8024             bt1 = t1 & VT_BTYPE;
8025             t2 = type2.t;
8026             bt2 = t2 & VT_BTYPE;
8027             /* cast operands to correct type according to ISOC rules */
8028             if (is_float(bt1) || is_float(bt2)) {
8029                 if (bt1 == VT_LDOUBLE || bt2 == VT_LDOUBLE) {
8030                     type.t = VT_LDOUBLE;
8031                 } else if (bt1 == VT_DOUBLE || bt2 == VT_DOUBLE) {
8032                     type.t = VT_DOUBLE;
8033                 } else {
8034                     type.t = VT_FLOAT;
8035                 }
8036             } else if (bt1 == VT_LLONG || bt2 == VT_LLONG) {
8037                 /* cast to biggest op */
8038                 type.t = VT_LLONG;
8039                 /* convert to unsigned if it does not fit in a long long */
8040                 if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED) ||
8041                     (t2 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED))
8042                     type.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
8043             } else if (bt1 == VT_PTR || bt2 == VT_PTR) {
8044                 /* XXX: test pointer compatibility */
8045                 type = type1;
8046             } else if (bt1 == VT_FUNC || bt2 == VT_FUNC) {
8047                 /* XXX: test function pointer compatibility */
8048                 type = type1;
8049             } else if (bt1 == VT_STRUCT || bt2 == VT_STRUCT) {
8050                 /* XXX: test structure compatibility */
8051                 type = type1;
8052             } else if (bt1 == VT_VOID || bt2 == VT_VOID) {
8053                 /* NOTE: as an extension, we accept void on only one side */
8054                 type.t = VT_VOID;
8055             } else {
8056                 /* integer operations */
8057                 type.t = VT_INT;
8058                 /* convert to unsigned if it does not fit in an integer */
8059                 if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED) ||
8060                     (t2 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED))
8061                     type.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
8062             }
8063
8064             /* now we convert second operand */
8065             gen_cast(&type);
8066             if (VT_STRUCT == (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE))
8067                 gaddrof();
8068             rc = RC_INT;
8069             if (is_float(type.t)) {
8070                 rc = RC_FLOAT;
8071             } else if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
8072                 /* for long longs, we use fixed registers to avoid having
8073                    to handle a complicated move */
8074                 rc = RC_IRET;
8075             }
8076
8077             r2 = gv(rc);
8078             /* this is horrible, but we must also convert first
8079                operand */
8080             tt = gjmp(0);
8081             gsym(u);
8082             /* put again first value and cast it */
8083             *vtop = sv;
8084             gen_cast(&type);
8085             if (VT_STRUCT == (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE))
8086                 gaddrof();
8087             r1 = gv(rc);
8088             move_reg(r2, r1);
8089             vtop->r = r2;
8090             gsym(tt);
8091         }
8092     }
8093 }
8094
8095 static void gexpr(void)
8096 {
8097     while (1) {
8098         expr_eq();
8099         if (tok != ',')
8100             break;
8101         vpop();
8102         next();
8103     }
8104 }
8105
8106 /* parse an expression and return its type without any side effect. */
8107 static void expr_type(CType *type)
8108 {
8109     int saved_nocode_wanted;
8110
8111     saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
8112     nocode_wanted = 1;
8113     gexpr();
8114     *type = vtop->type;
8115     vpop();
8116     nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
8117 }
8118
8119 /* parse a unary expression and return its type without any side
8120    effect. */
8121 static void unary_type(CType *type)
8122 {
8123     int a;
8124
8125     a = nocode_wanted;
8126     nocode_wanted = 1;
8127     unary();
8128     *type = vtop->type;
8129     vpop();
8130     nocode_wanted = a;
8131 }
8132
8133 /* parse a constant expression and return value in vtop.  */
8134 static void expr_const1(void)
8135 {
8136     int a;
8137     a = const_wanted;
8138     const_wanted = 1;
8139     expr_eq();
8140     const_wanted = a;
8141 }
8142
8143 /* parse an integer constant and return its value. */
8144 static int expr_const(void)
8145 {
8146     int c;
8147     expr_const1();
8148     if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) != VT_CONST)
8149         expect("constant expression");
8150     c = vtop->c.i;
8151     vpop();
8152     return c;
8153 }
8154
8155 /* return the label token if current token is a label, otherwise
8156    return zero */
8157 static int is_label(void)
8158 {
8159     int last_tok;
8160
8161     /* fast test first */
8162     if (tok < TOK_UIDENT)
8163         return 0;
8164     /* no need to save tokc because tok is an identifier */
8165     last_tok = tok;
8166     next();
8167     if (tok == ':') {
8168         next();
8169         return last_tok;
8170     } else {
8171         unget_tok(last_tok);
8172         return 0;
8173     }
8174 }
8175
8176 static void block(int *bsym, int *csym, int *case_sym, int *def_sym,
8177                   int case_reg, int is_expr)
8178 {
8179     int a, b, c, d;
8180     Sym *s;
8181
8182     /* generate line number info */
8183     if (do_debug &&
8184         (last_line_num != file->line_num || last_ind != ind)) {
8185         put_stabn(N_SLINE, 0, file->line_num, ind - func_ind);
8186         last_ind = ind;
8187         last_line_num = file->line_num;
8188     }
8189
8190     if (is_expr) {
8191         /* default return value is (void) */
8192         vpushi(0);
8193         vtop->type.t = VT_VOID;
8194     }
8195
8196     if (tok == TOK_IF) {
8197         /* if test */
8198         next();
8199         skip('(');
8200         gexpr();
8201         skip(')');
8202         a = gtst(1, 0);
8203         block(bsym, csym, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, 0);
8204         c = tok;
8205         if (c == TOK_ELSE) {
8206             next();
8207             d = gjmp(0);
8208             gsym(a);
8209             block(bsym, csym, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, 0);
8210             gsym(d); /* patch else jmp */
8211         } else
8212             gsym(a);
8213     } else if (tok == TOK_WHILE) {
8214         next();
8215         d = ind;
8216         skip('(');
8217         gexpr();
8218         skip(')');
8219         a = gtst(1, 0);
8220         b = 0;
8221         block(&a, &b, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, 0);
8222         gjmp_addr(d);
8223         gsym(a);
8224         gsym_addr(b, d);
8225     } else if (tok == '{') {
8226         Sym *llabel;
8227
8228         next();
8229         /* record local declaration stack position */
8230         s = local_stack;
8231         llabel = local_label_stack;
8232         /* handle local labels declarations */
8233         if (tok == TOK_LABEL) {
8234             next();
8235             for(;;) {
8236                 if (tok < TOK_UIDENT)
8237                     expect("label identifier");
8238                 label_push(&local_label_stack, tok, LABEL_DECLARED);
8239                 next();
8240                 if (tok == ',') {
8241                     next();
8242                 } else {
8243                     skip(';');
8244                     break;
8245                 }
8246             }
8247         }
8248         while (tok != '}') {
8249             decl(VT_LOCAL);
8250             if (tok != '}') {
8251                 if (is_expr)
8252                     vpop();
8253                 block(bsym, csym, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, is_expr);
8254             }
8255         }
8256         /* pop locally defined labels */
8257         label_pop(&local_label_stack, llabel);
8258         /* pop locally defined symbols */
8259         sym_pop(&local_stack, s);
8260         next();
8261     } else if (tok == TOK_RETURN) {
8262         next();
8263         if (tok != ';') {
8264             gexpr();
8265             gen_assign_cast(&func_vt);
8266             if ((func_vt.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
8267                 CType type;
8268                 /* if returning structure, must copy it to implicit
8269                    first pointer arg location */
8270 #ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
8271                 int align, size;
8272                 size = type_size(&func_vt,&align);
8273                 if(size <= 4)
8274                 {
8275                     if((vtop->r != (VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL) || (vtop->c.i & 3))
8276                        && (align & 3))
8277                     {
8278                         int addr;
8279                         loc = (loc - size) & -4;
8280                         addr = loc;
8281                         type = func_vt;
8282                         vset(&type, VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL, addr);
8283                         vswap();
8284                         vstore();
8285                         vset(&int_type, VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL, addr);
8286                     }
8287                     vtop->type = int_type;
8288                     gv(RC_IRET);
8289                 } else {
8290 #endif
8291                 type = func_vt;
8292                 mk_pointer(&type);
8293                 vset(&type, VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL, func_vc);
8294                 indir();
8295                 vswap();
8296                 /* copy structure value to pointer */
8297                 vstore();
8298 #ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
8299                 }
8300 #endif
8301             } else if (is_float(func_vt.t)) {
8302                 gv(RC_FRET);
8303             } else {
8304                 gv(RC_IRET);
8305             }
8306             vtop--; /* NOT vpop() because on x86 it would flush the fp stack */
8307         }
8308         skip(';');
8309         rsym = gjmp(rsym); /* jmp */
8310     } else if (tok == TOK_BREAK) {
8311         /* compute jump */
8312         if (!bsym)
8313             error("cannot break");
8314         *bsym = gjmp(*bsym);
8315         next();
8316         skip(';');
8317     } else if (tok == TOK_CONTINUE) {
8318         /* compute jump */
8319         if (!csym)
8320             error("cannot continue");
8321         *csym = gjmp(*csym);
8322         next();
8323         skip(';');
8324     } else if (tok == TOK_FOR) {
8325         int e;
8326         next();
8327         skip('(');
8328         if (tok != ';') {
8329             gexpr();
8330             vpop();
8331         }
8332         skip(';');
8333         d = ind;
8334         c = ind;
8335         a = 0;
8336         b = 0;
8337         if (tok != ';') {
8338             gexpr();
8339             a = gtst(1, 0);
8340         }
8341         skip(';');
8342         if (tok != ')') {
8343             e = gjmp(0);
8344             c = ind;
8345             gexpr();
8346             vpop();
8347             gjmp_addr(d);
8348             gsym(e);
8349         }
8350         skip(')');
8351         block(&a, &b, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, 0);
8352         gjmp_addr(c);
8353         gsym(a);
8354         gsym_addr(b, c);
8355     } else
8356     if (tok == TOK_DO) {
8357         next();
8358         a = 0;
8359         b = 0;
8360         d = ind;
8361         block(&a, &b, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, 0);
8362         skip(TOK_WHILE);
8363         skip('(');
8364         gsym(b);
8365         gexpr();
8366         c = gtst(0, 0);
8367         gsym_addr(c, d);
8368         skip(')');
8369         gsym(a);
8370         skip(';');
8371     } else
8372     if (tok == TOK_SWITCH) {
8373         next();
8374         skip('(');
8375         gexpr();
8376         /* XXX: other types than integer */
8377         case_reg = gv(RC_INT);
8378         vpop();
8379         skip(')');
8380         a = 0;
8381         b = gjmp(0); /* jump to first case */
8382         c = 0;
8383         block(&a, csym, &b, &c, case_reg, 0);
8384         /* if no default, jmp after switch */
8385         if (c == 0)
8386             c = ind;
8387         /* default label */
8388         gsym_addr(b, c);
8389         /* break label */
8390         gsym(a);
8391     } else
8392     if (tok == TOK_CASE) {
8393         int v1, v2;
8394         if (!case_sym)
8395             expect("switch");
8396         next();
8397         v1 = expr_const();
8398         v2 = v1;
8399         if (gnu_ext && tok == TOK_DOTS) {
8400             next();
8401             v2 = expr_const();
8402             if (v2 < v1)
8403                 warning("empty case range");
8404         }
8405         /* since a case is like a label, we must skip it with a jmp */
8406         b = gjmp(0);
8407         gsym(*case_sym);
8408         vseti(case_reg, 0);
8409         vpushi(v1);
8410         if (v1 == v2) {
8411             gen_op(TOK_EQ);
8412             *case_sym = gtst(1, 0);
8413         } else {
8414             gen_op(TOK_GE);
8415             *case_sym = gtst(1, 0);
8416             vseti(case_reg, 0);
8417             vpushi(v2);
8418             gen_op(TOK_LE);
8419             *case_sym = gtst(1, *case_sym);
8420         }
8421         gsym(b);
8422         skip(':');
8423         is_expr = 0;
8424         goto block_after_label;
8425     } else
8426     if (tok == TOK_DEFAULT) {
8427         next();
8428         skip(':');
8429         if (!def_sym)
8430             expect("switch");
8431         if (*def_sym)
8432             error("too many 'default'");
8433         *def_sym = ind;
8434         is_expr = 0;
8435         goto block_after_label;
8436     } else
8437     if (tok == TOK_GOTO) {
8438         next();
8439         if (tok == '*' && gnu_ext) {
8440             /* computed goto */
8441             next();
8442             gexpr();
8443             if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_PTR)
8444                 expect("pointer");
8445             ggoto();
8446         } else if (tok >= TOK_UIDENT) {
8447             s = label_find(tok);
8448             /* put forward definition if needed */
8449             if (!s) {
8450                 s = label_push(&global_label_stack, tok, LABEL_FORWARD);
8451             } else {
8452                 if (s->r == LABEL_DECLARED)
8453                     s->r = LABEL_FORWARD;
8454             }
8455             /* label already defined */
8456             if (s->r & LABEL_FORWARD)
8457                 s->next = (void *)gjmp((long)s->next);
8458             else
8459                 gjmp_addr((long)s->next);
8460             next();
8461         } else {
8462             expect("label identifier");
8463         }
8464         skip(';');
8465     } else if (tok == TOK_ASM1 || tok == TOK_ASM2 || tok == TOK_ASM3) {
8466         asm_instr();
8467     } else {
8468         b = is_label();
8469         if (b) {
8470             /* label case */
8471             s = label_find(b);
8472             if (s) {
8473                 if (s->r == LABEL_DEFINED)
8474                     error("duplicate label '%s'", get_tok_str(s->v, NULL));
8475                 gsym((long)s->next);
8476                 s->r = LABEL_DEFINED;
8477             } else {
8478                 s = label_push(&global_label_stack, b, LABEL_DEFINED);
8479             }
8480             s->next = (void *)ind;
8481             /* we accept this, but it is a mistake */
8482         block_after_label:
8483             if (tok == '}') {
8484                 warning("deprecated use of label at end of compound statement");
8485             } else {
8486                 if (is_expr)
8487                     vpop();
8488                 block(bsym, csym, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, is_expr);
8489             }
8490         } else {
8491             /* expression case */
8492             if (tok != ';') {
8493                 if (is_expr) {
8494                     vpop();
8495                     gexpr();
8496                 } else {
8497                     gexpr();
8498                     vpop();
8499                 }
8500             }
8501             skip(';');
8502         }
8503     }
8504 }
8505
8506 /* t is the array or struct type. c is the array or struct
8507    address. cur_index/cur_field is the pointer to the current
8508    value. 'size_only' is true if only size info is needed (only used
8509    in arrays) */
8510 static void decl_designator(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long c,
8511                             int *cur_index, Sym **cur_field,
8512                             int size_only)
8513 {
8514     Sym *s, *f;
8515     int notfirst, index, index_last, align, l, nb_elems, elem_size;
8516     CType type1;
8517
8518     notfirst = 0;
8519     elem_size = 0;
8520     nb_elems = 1;
8521     if (gnu_ext && (l = is_label()) != 0)
8522         goto struct_field;
8523     while (tok == '[' || tok == '.') {
8524         if (tok == '[') {
8525             if (!(type->t & VT_ARRAY))
8526                 expect("array type");
8527             s = type->ref;
8528             next();
8529             index = expr_const();
8530             if (index < 0 || (s->c >= 0 && index >= s->c))
8531                 expect("invalid index");
8532             if (tok == TOK_DOTS && gnu_ext) {
8533                 next();
8534                 index_last = expr_const();
8535                 if (index_last < 0 ||
8536                     (s->c >= 0 && index_last >= s->c) ||
8537                     index_last < index)
8538                     expect("invalid index");
8539             } else {
8540                 index_last = index;
8541             }
8542             skip(']');
8543             if (!notfirst)
8544                 *cur_index = index_last;
8545             type = pointed_type(type);
8546             elem_size = type_size(type, &align);
8547             c += index * elem_size;
8548             /* NOTE: we only support ranges for last designator */
8549             nb_elems = index_last - index + 1;
8550             if (nb_elems != 1) {
8551                 notfirst = 1;
8552                 break;
8553             }
8554         } else {
8555             next();
8556             l = tok;
8557             next();
8558         struct_field:
8559             if ((type->t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_STRUCT)
8560                 expect("struct/union type");
8561             s = type->ref;
8562             l |= SYM_FIELD;
8563             f = s->next;
8564             while (f) {
8565                 if (f->v == l)
8566                     break;
8567                 f = f->next;
8568             }
8569             if (!f)
8570                 expect("field");
8571             if (!notfirst)
8572                 *cur_field = f;
8573             /* XXX: fix this mess by using explicit storage field */
8574             type1 = f->type;
8575             type1.t |= (type->t & ~VT_TYPE);
8576             type = &type1;
8577             c += f->c;
8578         }
8579         notfirst = 1;
8580     }
8581     if (notfirst) {
8582         if (tok == '=') {
8583             next();
8584         } else {
8585             if (!gnu_ext)
8586                 expect("=");
8587         }
8588     } else {
8589         if (type->t & VT_ARRAY) {
8590             index = *cur_index;
8591             type = pointed_type(type);
8592             c += index * type_size(type, &align);
8593         } else {
8594             f = *cur_field;
8595             if (!f)
8596                 error("too many field init");
8597             /* XXX: fix this mess by using explicit storage field */
8598             type1 = f->type;
8599             type1.t |= (type->t & ~VT_TYPE);
8600             type = &type1;
8601             c += f->c;
8602         }
8603     }
8604     decl_initializer(type, sec, c, 0, size_only);
8605
8606     /* XXX: make it more general */
8607     if (!size_only && nb_elems > 1) {
8608         unsigned long c_end;
8609         uint8_t *src, *dst;
8610         int i;
8611
8612         if (!sec)
8613             error("range init not supported yet for dynamic storage");
8614         c_end = c + nb_elems * elem_size;
8615         if (c_end > sec->data_allocated)
8616             section_realloc(sec, c_end);
8617         src = sec->data + c;
8618         dst = src;
8619         for(i = 1; i < nb_elems; i++) {
8620             dst += elem_size;
8621             memcpy(dst, src, elem_size);
8622         }
8623     }
8624 }
8625
8626 #define EXPR_VAL   0
8627 #define EXPR_CONST 1
8628 #define EXPR_ANY   2
8629
8630 /* store a value or an expression directly in global data or in local array */
8631 static void init_putv(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long c,
8632                       int v, int expr_type)
8633 {
8634     int saved_global_expr, bt, bit_pos, bit_size;
8635     void *ptr;
8636     unsigned long long bit_mask;
8637     CType dtype;
8638
8639     switch(expr_type) {
8640     case EXPR_VAL:
8641         vpushi(v);
8642         break;
8643     case EXPR_CONST:
8644         /* compound literals must be allocated globally in this case */
8645         saved_global_expr = global_expr;
8646         global_expr = 1;
8647         expr_const1();
8648         global_expr = saved_global_expr;
8649         /* NOTE: symbols are accepted */
8650         if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) != VT_CONST)
8651             error("initializer element is not constant");
8652         break;
8653     case EXPR_ANY:
8654         expr_eq();
8655         break;
8656     }
8657
8658     dtype = *type;
8659     dtype.t &= ~VT_CONSTANT; /* need to do that to avoid false warning */
8660
8661     if (sec) {
8662         /* XXX: not portable */
8663         /* XXX: generate error if incorrect relocation */
8664         gen_assign_cast(&dtype);
8665         bt = type->t & VT_BTYPE;
8666         ptr = sec->data + c;
8667         /* XXX: make code faster ? */
8668         if (!(type->t & VT_BITFIELD)) {
8669             bit_pos = 0;
8670             bit_size = 32;
8671             bit_mask = -1LL;
8672         } else {
8673             bit_pos = (vtop->type.t >> VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) & 0x3f;
8674             bit_size = (vtop->type.t >> (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6)) & 0x3f;
8675             bit_mask = (1LL << bit_size) - 1;
8676         }
8677         if ((vtop->r & VT_SYM) &&
8678             (bt == VT_BYTE ||
8679              bt == VT_SHORT ||
8680              bt == VT_DOUBLE ||
8681              bt == VT_LDOUBLE ||
8682              bt == VT_LLONG ||
8683              (bt == VT_INT && bit_size != 32)))
8684             error("initializer element is not computable at load time");
8685         switch(bt) {
8686         case VT_BYTE:
8687             *(char *)ptr |= (vtop->c.i & bit_mask) << bit_pos;
8688             break;
8689         case VT_SHORT:
8690             *(short *)ptr |= (vtop->c.i & bit_mask) << bit_pos;
8691             break;
8692         case VT_DOUBLE:
8693             *(double *)ptr = vtop->c.d;
8694             break;
8695         case VT_LDOUBLE:
8696             *(long double *)ptr = vtop->c.ld;
8697             break;
8698         case VT_LLONG:
8699             *(long long *)ptr |= (vtop->c.ll & bit_mask) << bit_pos;
8700             break;
8701         default:
8702             if (vtop->r & VT_SYM) {
8703                 greloc(sec, vtop->sym, c, R_DATA_32);
8704             }
8705             *(int *)ptr |= (vtop->c.i & bit_mask) << bit_pos;
8706             break;
8707         }
8708         vtop--;
8709     } else {
8710         vset(&dtype, VT_LOCAL|VT_LVAL, c);
8711         vswap();
8712         vstore();
8713         vpop();
8714     }
8715 }
8716
8717 /* put zeros for variable based init */
8718 static void init_putz(CType *t, Section *sec, unsigned long c, int size)
8719 {
8720     if (sec) {
8721         /* nothing to do because globals are already set to zero */
8722     } else {
8723         vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK_memset);
8724         vseti(VT_LOCAL, c);
8725         vpushi(0);
8726         vpushi(size);
8727         gfunc_call(3);
8728     }
8729 }
8730
8731 /* 't' contains the type and storage info. 'c' is the offset of the
8732    object in section 'sec'. If 'sec' is NULL, it means stack based
8733    allocation. 'first' is true if array '{' must be read (multi
8734    dimension implicit array init handling). 'size_only' is true if
8735    size only evaluation is wanted (only for arrays). */
8736 static void decl_initializer(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long c,
8737                              int first, int size_only)
8738 {
8739     int index, array_length, n, no_oblock, nb, parlevel, i;
8740     int size1, align1, expr_type;
8741     Sym *s, *f;
8742     CType *t1;
8743
8744     if (type->t & VT_ARRAY) {
8745         s = type->ref;
8746         n = s->c;
8747         array_length = 0;
8748         t1 = pointed_type(type);
8749         size1 = type_size(t1, &align1);
8750
8751         no_oblock = 1;
8752         if ((first && tok != TOK_LSTR && tok != TOK_STR) ||
8753             tok == '{') {
8754             skip('{');
8755             no_oblock = 0;
8756         }
8757
8758         /* only parse strings here if correct type (otherwise: handle
8759            them as ((w)char *) expressions */
8760         if ((tok == TOK_LSTR &&
8761 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
8762              (t1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_SHORT && (t1->t & VT_UNSIGNED)
8763 #else
8764              (t1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_INT
8765 #endif
8766             ) || (tok == TOK_STR && (t1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_BYTE)) {
8767             while (tok == TOK_STR || tok == TOK_LSTR) {
8768                 int cstr_len, ch;
8769                 CString *cstr;
8770
8771                 cstr = tokc.cstr;
8772                 /* compute maximum number of chars wanted */
8773                 if (tok == TOK_STR)
8774                     cstr_len = cstr->size;
8775                 else
8776                     cstr_len = cstr->size / sizeof(nwchar_t);
8777                 cstr_len--;
8778                 nb = cstr_len;
8779                 if (n >= 0 && nb > (n - array_length))
8780                     nb = n - array_length;
8781                 if (!size_only) {
8782                     if (cstr_len > nb)
8783                         warning("initializer-string for array is too long");
8784                     /* in order to go faster for common case (char
8785                        string in global variable, we handle it
8786                        specifically */
8787                     if (sec && tok == TOK_STR && size1 == 1) {
8788                         memcpy(sec->data + c + array_length, cstr->data, nb);
8789                     } else {
8790                         for(i=0;i<nb;i++) {
8791                             if (tok == TOK_STR)
8792                                 ch = ((unsigned char *)cstr->data)[i];
8793                             else
8794                                 ch = ((nwchar_t *)cstr->data)[i];
8795                             init_putv(t1, sec, c + (array_length + i) * size1,
8796                                       ch, EXPR_VAL);
8797                         }
8798                     }
8799                 }
8800                 array_length += nb;
8801                 next();
8802             }
8803             /* only add trailing zero if enough storage (no
8804                warning in this case since it is standard) */
8805             if (n < 0 || array_length < n) {
8806                 if (!size_only) {
8807                     init_putv(t1, sec, c + (array_length * size1), 0, EXPR_VAL);
8808                 }
8809                 array_length++;
8810             }
8811         } else {
8812             index = 0;
8813             while (tok != '}') {
8814                 decl_designator(type, sec, c, &index, NULL, size_only);
8815                 if (n >= 0 && index >= n)
8816                     error("index too large");
8817                 /* must put zero in holes (note that doing it that way
8818                    ensures that it even works with designators) */
8819                 if (!size_only && array_length < index) {
8820                     init_putz(t1, sec, c + array_length * size1,
8821                               (index - array_length) * size1);
8822                 }
8823                 index++;
8824                 if (index > array_length)
8825                     array_length = index;
8826                 /* special test for multi dimensional arrays (may not
8827                    be strictly correct if designators are used at the
8828                    same time) */
8829                 if (index >= n && no_oblock)
8830                     break;
8831                 if (tok == '}')
8832                     break;
8833                 skip(',');
8834             }
8835         }
8836         if (!no_oblock)
8837             skip('}');
8838         /* put zeros at the end */
8839         if (!size_only && n >= 0 && array_length < n) {
8840             init_putz(t1, sec, c + array_length * size1,
8841                       (n - array_length) * size1);
8842         }
8843         /* patch type size if needed */
8844         if (n < 0)
8845             s->c = array_length;
8846     } else if ((type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT &&
8847                (sec || !first || tok == '{')) {
8848         int par_count;
8849
8850         /* NOTE: the previous test is a specific case for automatic
8851            struct/union init */
8852         /* XXX: union needs only one init */
8853
8854         /* XXX: this test is incorrect for local initializers
8855            beginning with ( without {. It would be much more difficult
8856            to do it correctly (ideally, the expression parser should
8857            be used in all cases) */
8858         par_count = 0;
8859         if (tok == '(') {
8860             AttributeDef ad1;
8861             CType type1;
8862             next();
8863             while (tok == '(') {
8864                 par_count++;
8865                 next();
8866             }
8867             if (!parse_btype(&type1, &ad1))
8868                 expect("cast");
8869             type_decl(&type1, &ad1, &n, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
8870 #if 0
8871             if (!is_assignable_types(type, &type1))
8872                 error("invalid type for cast");
8873 #endif
8874             skip(')');
8875         }
8876         no_oblock = 1;
8877         if (first || tok == '{') {
8878             skip('{');
8879             no_oblock = 0;
8880         }
8881         s = type->ref;
8882         f = s->next;
8883         array_length = 0;
8884         index = 0;
8885         n = s->c;
8886         while (tok != '}') {
8887             decl_designator(type, sec, c, NULL, &f, size_only);
8888             index = f->c;
8889             if (!size_only && array_length < index) {
8890                 init_putz(type, sec, c + array_length,
8891                           index - array_length);
8892             }
8893             index = index + type_size(&f->type, &align1);
8894             if (index > array_length)
8895                 array_length = index;
8896             f = f->next;
8897             if (no_oblock && f == NULL)
8898                 break;
8899             if (tok == '}')
8900                 break;
8901             skip(',');
8902         }
8903         /* put zeros at the end */
8904         if (!size_only && array_length < n) {
8905             init_putz(type, sec, c + array_length,
8906                       n - array_length);
8907         }
8908         if (!no_oblock)
8909             skip('}');
8910         while (par_count) {
8911             skip(')');
8912             par_count--;
8913         }
8914     } else if (tok == '{') {
8915         next();
8916         decl_initializer(type, sec, c, first, size_only);
8917         skip('}');
8918     } else if (size_only) {
8919         /* just skip expression */
8920         parlevel = 0;
8921         while ((parlevel > 0 || (tok != '}' && tok != ',')) &&
8922                tok != -1) {
8923             if (tok == '(')
8924                 parlevel++;
8925             else if (tok == ')')
8926                 parlevel--;
8927             next();
8928         }
8929     } else {
8930         /* currently, we always use constant expression for globals
8931            (may change for scripting case) */
8932         expr_type = EXPR_CONST;
8933         if (!sec)
8934             expr_type = EXPR_ANY;
8935         init_putv(type, sec, c, 0, expr_type);
8936     }
8937 }
8938
8939 /* parse an initializer for type 't' if 'has_init' is non zero, and
8940    allocate space in local or global data space ('r' is either
8941    VT_LOCAL or VT_CONST). If 'v' is non zero, then an associated
8942    variable 'v' of scope 'scope' is declared before initializers are
8943    parsed. If 'v' is zero, then a reference to the new object is put
8944    in the value stack. If 'has_init' is 2, a special parsing is done
8945    to handle string constants. */
8946 static void decl_initializer_alloc(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int r,
8947                                    int has_init, int v, int scope)
8948 {
8949     int size, align, addr, data_offset;
8950     int level;
8951     ParseState saved_parse_state;
8952     TokenString init_str;
8953     Section *sec;
8954
8955     size = type_size(type, &align);
8956     /* If unknown size, we must evaluate it before
8957        evaluating initializers because
8958        initializers can generate global data too
8959        (e.g. string pointers or ISOC99 compound
8960        literals). It also simplifies local
8961        initializers handling */
8962     tok_str_new(&init_str);
8963     if (size < 0) {
8964         if (!has_init)
8965             error("unknown type size");
8966         /* get all init string */
8967         if (has_init == 2) {
8968             /* only get strings */
8969             while (tok == TOK_STR || tok == TOK_LSTR) {
8970                 tok_str_add_tok(&init_str);
8971                 next();
8972             }
8973         } else {
8974             level = 0;
8975             while (level > 0 || (tok != ',' && tok != ';')) {
8976                 if (tok < 0)
8977                     error("unexpected end of file in initializer");
8978                 tok_str_add_tok(&init_str);
8979                 if (tok == '{')
8980                     level++;
8981                 else if (tok == '}') {
8982                     if (level == 0)
8983                         break;
8984                     level--;
8985                 }
8986                 next();
8987             }
8988         }
8989         tok_str_add(&init_str, -1);
8990         tok_str_add(&init_str, 0);
8991
8992         /* compute size */
8993         save_parse_state(&saved_parse_state);
8994
8995         macro_ptr = init_str.str;
8996         next();
8997         decl_initializer(type, NULL, 0, 1, 1);
8998         /* prepare second initializer parsing */
8999         macro_ptr = init_str.str;
9000         next();
9001
9002         /* if still unknown size, error */
9003         size = type_size(type, &align);
9004         if (size < 0)
9005             error("unknown type size");
9006     }
9007     /* take into account specified alignment if bigger */
9008     if (ad->aligned) {
9009         if (ad->aligned > align)
9010             align = ad->aligned;
9011     } else if (ad->packed) {
9012         align = 1;
9013     }
9014     if ((r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_LOCAL) {
9015         sec = NULL;
9016         if (do_bounds_check && (type->t & VT_ARRAY))
9017             loc--;
9018         loc = (loc - size) & -align;
9019         addr = loc;
9020         /* handles bounds */
9021         /* XXX: currently, since we do only one pass, we cannot track
9022            '&' operators, so we add only arrays */
9023         if (do_bounds_check && (type->t & VT_ARRAY)) {
9024             unsigned long *bounds_ptr;
9025             /* add padding between regions */
9026             loc--;
9027             /* then add local bound info */
9028             bounds_ptr = section_ptr_add(lbounds_section, 2 * sizeof(unsigned long));
9029             bounds_ptr[0] = addr;
9030             bounds_ptr[1] = size;
9031         }
9032         if (v) {
9033             /* local variable */
9034             sym_push(v, type, r, addr);
9035         } else {
9036             /* push local reference */
9037             vset(type, r, addr);
9038         }
9039     } else {
9040         Sym *sym;
9041
9042         sym = NULL;
9043         if (v && scope == VT_CONST) {
9044             /* see if the symbol was already defined */
9045             sym = sym_find(v);
9046             if (sym) {
9047                 if (!is_compatible_types(&sym->type, type))
9048                     error("incompatible types for redefinition of '%s'",
9049                           get_tok_str(v, NULL));
9050                 if (sym->type.t & VT_EXTERN) {
9051                     /* if the variable is extern, it was not allocated */
9052                     sym->type.t &= ~VT_EXTERN;
9053                     /* set array size if it was ommited in extern
9054                        declaration */
9055                     if ((sym->type.t & VT_ARRAY) &&
9056                         sym->type.ref->c < 0 &&
9057                         type->ref->c >= 0)
9058                         sym->type.ref->c = type->ref->c;
9059                 } else {
9060                     /* we accept several definitions of the same
9061                        global variable. this is tricky, because we
9062                        must play with the SHN_COMMON type of the symbol */
9063                     /* XXX: should check if the variable was already
9064                        initialized. It is incorrect to initialized it
9065                        twice */
9066                     /* no init data, we won't add more to the symbol */
9067                     if (!has_init)
9068                         goto no_alloc;
9069                 }
9070             }
9071         }
9072
9073         /* allocate symbol in corresponding section */
9074         sec = ad->section;
9075         if (!sec) {
9076             if (has_init)
9077                 sec = data_section;
9078             else if (tcc_state->nocommon)
9079                 sec = bss_section;
9080         }
9081         if (sec) {
9082             data_offset = sec->data_offset;
9083             data_offset = (data_offset + align - 1) & -align;
9084             addr = data_offset;
9085             /* very important to increment global pointer at this time
9086                because initializers themselves can create new initializers */
9087             data_offset += size;
9088             /* add padding if bound check */
9089             if (do_bounds_check)
9090                 data_offset++;
9091             sec->data_offset = data_offset;
9092             /* allocate section space to put the data */
9093             if (sec->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS &&
9094                 data_offset > sec->data_allocated)
9095                 section_realloc(sec, data_offset);
9096             /* align section if needed */
9097             if (align > sec->sh_addralign)
9098                 sec->sh_addralign = align;
9099         } else {
9100             addr = 0; /* avoid warning */
9101         }
9102
9103         if (v) {
9104             if (scope != VT_CONST || !sym) {
9105                 sym = sym_push(v, type, r | VT_SYM, 0);
9106             }
9107             /* update symbol definition */
9108             if (sec) {
9109                 put_extern_sym(sym, sec, addr, size);
9110             } else {
9111                 Elf32_Sym *esym;
9112                 /* put a common area */
9113                 put_extern_sym(sym, NULL, align, size);
9114                 /* XXX: find a nicer way */
9115                 esym = &((Elf32_Sym *)symtab_section->data)[sym->c];
9116                 esym->st_shndx = SHN_COMMON;
9117             }
9118         } else {
9119             CValue cval;
9120
9121             /* push global reference */
9122             sym = get_sym_ref(type, sec, addr, size);
9123             cval.ul = 0;
9124             vsetc(type, VT_CONST | VT_SYM, &cval);
9125             vtop->sym = sym;
9126         }
9127
9128         /* handles bounds now because the symbol must be defined
9129            before for the relocation */
9130         if (do_bounds_check) {
9131             unsigned long *bounds_ptr;
9132
9133             greloc(bounds_section, sym, bounds_section->data_offset, R_DATA_32);
9134             /* then add global bound info */
9135             bounds_ptr = section_ptr_add(bounds_section, 2 * sizeof(long));
9136             bounds_ptr[0] = 0; /* relocated */
9137             bounds_ptr[1] = size;
9138         }
9139     }
9140     if (has_init) {
9141         decl_initializer(type, sec, addr, 1, 0);
9142         /* restore parse state if needed */
9143         if (init_str.str) {
9144             tok_str_free(init_str.str);
9145             restore_parse_state(&saved_parse_state);
9146         }
9147     }
9148  no_alloc: ;
9149 }
9150
9151 void put_func_debug(Sym *sym)
9152 {
9153     char buf[512];
9154
9155     /* stabs info */
9156     /* XXX: we put here a dummy type */
9157     snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s:%c1",
9158              funcname, sym->type.t & VT_STATIC ? 'f' : 'F');
9159     put_stabs_r(buf, N_FUN, 0, file->line_num, 0,
9160                 cur_text_section, sym->c);
9161     /* //gr gdb wants a line at the function */
9162     put_stabn(N_SLINE, 0, file->line_num, 0);
9163     last_ind = 0;
9164     last_line_num = 0;
9165 }
9166
9167 /* parse an old style function declaration list */
9168 /* XXX: check multiple parameter */
9169 static void func_decl_list(Sym *func_sym)
9170 {
9171     AttributeDef ad;
9172     int v;
9173     Sym *s;
9174     CType btype, type;
9175
9176     /* parse each declaration */
9177     while (tok != '{' && tok != ';' && tok != ',' && tok != TOK_EOF) {
9178         if (!parse_btype(&btype, &ad))
9179             expect("declaration list");
9180         if (((btype.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_ENUM ||
9181              (btype.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) &&
9182             tok == ';') {
9183             /* we accept no variable after */
9184         } else {
9185             for(;;) {
9186                 type = btype;
9187                 type_decl(&type, &ad, &v, TYPE_DIRECT);
9188                 /* find parameter in function parameter list */
9189                 s = func_sym->next;
9190                 while (s != NULL) {
9191                     if ((s->v & ~SYM_FIELD) == v)
9192                         goto found;
9193                     s = s->next;
9194                 }
9195                 error("declaration for parameter '%s' but no such parameter",
9196                       get_tok_str(v, NULL));
9197             found:
9198                 /* check that no storage specifier except 'register' was given */
9199                 if (type.t & VT_STORAGE)
9200                     error("storage class specified for '%s'", get_tok_str(v, NULL));
9201                 convert_parameter_type(&type);
9202                 /* we can add the type (NOTE: it could be local to the function) */
9203                 s->type = type;
9204                 /* accept other parameters */
9205                 if (tok == ',')
9206                     next();
9207                 else
9208                     break;
9209             }
9210         }
9211         skip(';');
9212     }
9213 }
9214
9215 /* parse a function defined by symbol 'sym' and generate its code in
9216    'cur_text_section' */
9217 static void gen_function(Sym *sym)
9218 {
9219     int saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
9220     nocode_wanted = 0;
9221     ind = cur_text_section->data_offset;
9222     /* NOTE: we patch the symbol size later */
9223     put_extern_sym(sym, cur_text_section, ind, 0);
9224     funcname = get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL);
9225     func_ind = ind;
9226     /* put debug symbol */
9227     if (do_debug)
9228         put_func_debug(sym);
9229     /* push a dummy symbol to enable local sym storage */
9230     sym_push2(&local_stack, SYM_FIELD, 0, 0);
9231     gfunc_prolog(&sym->type);
9232     rsym = 0;
9233     block(NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0);
9234     gsym(rsym);
9235     gfunc_epilog();
9236     cur_text_section->data_offset = ind;
9237     label_pop(&global_label_stack, NULL);
9238     sym_pop(&local_stack, NULL); /* reset local stack */
9239     /* end of function */
9240     /* patch symbol size */
9241     ((Elf32_Sym *)symtab_section->data)[sym->c].st_size =
9242         ind - func_ind;
9243     if (do_debug) {
9244         put_stabn(N_FUN, 0, 0, ind - func_ind);
9245     }
9246     funcname = ""; /* for safety */
9247     func_vt.t = VT_VOID; /* for safety */
9248     ind = 0; /* for safety */
9249     nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
9250 }
9251
9252 static void gen_inline_functions(void)
9253 {
9254     Sym *sym;
9255     CType *type;
9256     int *str, inline_generated;
9257
9258     /* iterate while inline function are referenced */
9259     for(;;) {
9260         inline_generated = 0;
9261         for(sym = global_stack; sym != NULL; sym = sym->prev) {
9262             type = &sym->type;
9263             if (((type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) &&
9264                 (type->t & (VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE)) ==
9265                 (VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE) &&
9266                 sym->c != 0) {
9267                 /* the function was used: generate its code and
9268                    convert it to a normal function */
9269                 str = INLINE_DEF(sym->r);
9270                 sym->r = VT_SYM | VT_CONST;
9271                 sym->type.t &= ~VT_INLINE;
9272
9273                 macro_ptr = str;
9274                 next();
9275                 cur_text_section = text_section;
9276                 gen_function(sym);
9277                 macro_ptr = NULL; /* fail safe */
9278
9279                 tok_str_free(str);
9280                 inline_generated = 1;
9281             }
9282         }
9283         if (!inline_generated)
9284             break;
9285     }
9286
9287     /* free all remaining inline function tokens */
9288     for(sym = global_stack; sym != NULL; sym = sym->prev) {
9289         type = &sym->type;
9290         if (((type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) &&
9291             (type->t & (VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE)) ==
9292             (VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE)) {
9293             //gr printf("sym %d %s\n", sym->r, get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL));
9294             if (sym->r == (VT_SYM | VT_CONST)) //gr beware!
9295                 continue;
9296             str = INLINE_DEF(sym->r);
9297             tok_str_free(str);
9298             sym->r = 0; /* fail safe */
9299         }
9300     }
9301 }
9302
9303 /* 'l' is VT_LOCAL or VT_CONST to define default storage type */
9304 static void decl(int l)
9305 {
9306     int v, has_init, r;
9307     CType type, btype;
9308     Sym *sym;
9309     AttributeDef ad;
9310
9311     while (1) {
9312         if (!parse_btype(&btype, &ad)) {
9313             /* skip redundant ';' */
9314             /* XXX: find more elegant solution */
9315             if (tok == ';') {
9316                 next();
9317                 continue;
9318             }
9319             if (l == VT_CONST &&
9320                 (tok == TOK_ASM1 || tok == TOK_ASM2 || tok == TOK_ASM3)) {
9321                 /* global asm block */
9322                 asm_global_instr();
9323                 continue;
9324             }
9325             /* special test for old K&R protos without explicit int
9326                type. Only accepted when defining global data */
9327             if (l == VT_LOCAL || tok < TOK_DEFINE)
9328                 break;
9329             btype.t = VT_INT;
9330         }
9331         if (((btype.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_ENUM ||
9332              (btype.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) &&
9333             tok == ';') {
9334             /* we accept no variable after */
9335             next();
9336             continue;
9337         }
9338         while (1) { /* iterate thru each declaration */
9339             type = btype;
9340             type_decl(&type, &ad, &v, TYPE_DIRECT);
9341 #if 0
9342             {
9343                 char buf[500];
9344                 type_to_str(buf, sizeof(buf), t, get_tok_str(v, NULL));
9345                 printf("type = '%s'\n", buf);
9346             }
9347 #endif
9348             if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
9349                 /* if old style function prototype, we accept a
9350                    declaration list */
9351                 sym = type.ref;
9352                 if (sym->c == FUNC_OLD)
9353                     func_decl_list(sym);
9354             }
9355
9356             if (tok == '{') {
9357                 if (l == VT_LOCAL)
9358                     error("cannot use local functions");
9359                 if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC)
9360                     expect("function definition");
9361
9362                 /* reject abstract declarators in function definition */
9363                 sym = type.ref;
9364                 while ((sym = sym->next) != NULL)
9365                     if (!(sym->v & ~SYM_FIELD))
9366                        expect("identifier");
9367
9368                 /* XXX: cannot do better now: convert extern line to static inline */
9369                 if ((type.t & (VT_EXTERN | VT_INLINE)) == (VT_EXTERN | VT_INLINE))
9370                     type.t = (type.t & ~VT_EXTERN) | VT_STATIC;
9371
9372                 sym = sym_find(v);
9373                 if (sym) {
9374                     if ((sym->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC)
9375                         goto func_error1;
9376                     /* specific case: if not func_call defined, we put
9377                        the one of the prototype */
9378                     /* XXX: should have default value */
9379                     r = sym->type.ref->r;
9380                     if (FUNC_CALL(r) != FUNC_CDECL
9381                      && FUNC_CALL(type.ref->r) == FUNC_CDECL)
9382                         FUNC_CALL(type.ref->r) = FUNC_CALL(r);
9383                     if (FUNC_EXPORT(r))
9384                         FUNC_EXPORT(type.ref->r) = 1;
9385
9386                     if (!is_compatible_types(&sym->type, &type)) {
9387                     func_error1:
9388                         error("incompatible types for redefinition of '%s'",
9389                               get_tok_str(v, NULL));
9390                     }
9391                     /* if symbol is already defined, then put complete type */
9392                     sym->type = type;
9393                 } else {
9394                     /* put function symbol */
9395                     sym = global_identifier_push(v, type.t, 0);
9396                     sym->type.ref = type.ref;
9397                 }
9398
9399                 /* static inline functions are just recorded as a kind
9400                    of macro. Their code will be emitted at the end of
9401                    the compilation unit only if they are used */
9402                 if ((type.t & (VT_INLINE | VT_STATIC)) ==
9403                     (VT_INLINE | VT_STATIC)) {
9404                     TokenString func_str;
9405                     int block_level;
9406
9407                     tok_str_new(&func_str);
9408
9409                     block_level = 0;
9410                     for(;;) {
9411                         int t;
9412                         if (tok == TOK_EOF)
9413                             error("unexpected end of file");
9414                         tok_str_add_tok(&func_str);
9415                         t = tok;
9416                         next();
9417                         if (t == '{') {
9418                             block_level++;
9419                         } else if (t == '}') {
9420                             block_level--;
9421                             if (block_level == 0)
9422                                 break;
9423                         }
9424                     }
9425                     tok_str_add(&func_str, -1);
9426                     tok_str_add(&func_str, 0);
9427                     INLINE_DEF(sym->r) = func_str.str;
9428                 } else {
9429                     /* compute text section */
9430                     cur_text_section = ad.section;
9431                     if (!cur_text_section)
9432                         cur_text_section = text_section;
9433                     sym->r = VT_SYM | VT_CONST;
9434                     gen_function(sym);
9435                 }
9436                 break;
9437             } else {
9438                 if (btype.t & VT_TYPEDEF) {
9439                     /* save typedefed type  */
9440                     /* XXX: test storage specifiers ? */
9441                     sym = sym_push(v, &type, 0, 0);
9442                     sym->type.t |= VT_TYPEDEF;
9443                 } else if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
9444                     /* external function definition */
9445                     /* specific case for func_call attribute */
9446                     if (ad.func_attr)
9447                         type.ref->r = ad.func_attr;
9448                     external_sym(v, &type, 0);
9449                 } else {
9450                     /* not lvalue if array */
9451                     r = 0;
9452                     if (!(type.t & VT_ARRAY))
9453                         r |= lvalue_type(type.t);
9454                     has_init = (tok == '=');
9455                     if ((btype.t & VT_EXTERN) ||
9456                         ((type.t & VT_ARRAY) && (type.t & VT_STATIC) &&
9457                          !has_init && l == VT_CONST && type.ref->c < 0)) {
9458                         /* external variable */
9459                         /* NOTE: as GCC, uninitialized global static
9460                            arrays of null size are considered as
9461                            extern */
9462                         external_sym(v, &type, r);
9463                     } else {
9464                         type.t |= (btype.t & VT_STATIC); /* Retain "static". */
9465                         if (type.t & VT_STATIC)
9466                             r |= VT_CONST;
9467                         else
9468                             r |= l;
9469                         if (has_init)
9470                             next();
9471                         decl_initializer_alloc(&type, &ad, r,
9472                                                has_init, v, l);
9473                     }
9474                 }
9475                 if (tok != ',') {
9476                     skip(';');
9477                     break;
9478                 }
9479                 next();
9480             }
9481         }
9482     }
9483 }
9484
9485 /* better than nothing, but needs extension to handle '-E' option
9486    correctly too */
9487 static void preprocess_init(TCCState *s1)
9488 {
9489     s1->include_stack_ptr = s1->include_stack;
9490     /* XXX: move that before to avoid having to initialize
9491        file->ifdef_stack_ptr ? */
9492     s1->ifdef_stack_ptr = s1->ifdef_stack;
9493     file->ifdef_stack_ptr = s1->ifdef_stack_ptr;
9494
9495     /* XXX: not ANSI compliant: bound checking says error */
9496     vtop = vstack - 1;
9497     s1->pack_stack[0] = 0;
9498     s1->pack_stack_ptr = s1->pack_stack;
9499 }
9500
9501 /* compile the C file opened in 'file'. Return non zero if errors. */
9502 static int tcc_compile(TCCState *s1)
9503 {
9504     Sym *define_start;
9505     char buf[512];
9506     volatile int section_sym;
9507
9508 #ifdef INC_DEBUG
9509     printf("%s: **** new file\n", file->filename);
9510 #endif
9511     preprocess_init(s1);
9512
9513     funcname = "";
9514     anon_sym = SYM_FIRST_ANOM;
9515
9516     /* file info: full path + filename */
9517     section_sym = 0; /* avoid warning */
9518     if (do_debug) {
9519         section_sym = put_elf_sym(symtab_section, 0, 0,
9520                                   ELF32_ST_INFO(STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION), 0,
9521                                   text_section->sh_num, NULL);
9522         getcwd(buf, sizeof(buf));
9523 #ifdef _WIN32
9524         normalize_slashes(buf);
9525 #endif
9526         pstrcat(buf, sizeof(buf), "/");
9527         put_stabs_r(buf, N_SO, 0, 0,
9528                     text_section->data_offset, text_section, section_sym);
9529         put_stabs_r(file->filename, N_SO, 0, 0,
9530                     text_section->data_offset, text_section, section_sym);
9531     }
9532     /* an elf symbol of type STT_FILE must be put so that STB_LOCAL
9533        symbols can be safely used */
9534     put_elf_sym(symtab_section, 0, 0,
9535                 ELF32_ST_INFO(STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE), 0,
9536                 SHN_ABS, file->filename);
9537
9538     /* define some often used types */
9539     int_type.t = VT_INT;
9540
9541     char_pointer_type.t = VT_BYTE;
9542     mk_pointer(&char_pointer_type);
9543
9544     func_old_type.t = VT_FUNC;
9545     func_old_type.ref = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, &int_type, FUNC_CDECL, FUNC_OLD);
9546
9547 #if defined(TCC_ARM_EABI) && defined(TCC_ARM_VFP)
9548     float_type.t = VT_FLOAT;
9549     double_type.t = VT_DOUBLE;
9550
9551     func_float_type.t = VT_FUNC;
9552     func_float_type.ref = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, &float_type, FUNC_CDECL, FUNC_OLD);
9553     func_double_type.t = VT_FUNC;
9554     func_double_type.ref = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, &double_type, FUNC_CDECL, FUNC_OLD);
9555 #endif
9556
9557 #if 0
9558     /* define 'void *alloca(unsigned int)' builtin function */
9559     {
9560         Sym *s1;
9561
9562         p = anon_sym++;
9563         sym = sym_push(p, mk_pointer(VT_VOID), FUNC_CDECL, FUNC_NEW);
9564         s1 = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, VT_UNSIGNED | VT_INT, 0, 0);
9565         s1->next = NULL;
9566         sym->next = s1;
9567         sym_push(TOK_alloca, VT_FUNC | (p << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT), VT_CONST, 0);
9568     }
9569 #endif
9570
9571     define_start = define_stack;
9572     nocode_wanted = 1;
9573
9574     if (setjmp(s1->error_jmp_buf) == 0) {
9575         s1->nb_errors = 0;
9576         s1->error_set_jmp_enabled = 1;
9577
9578         ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
9579         tok_flags = TOK_FLAG_BOL | TOK_FLAG_BOF;
9580         parse_flags = PARSE_FLAG_PREPROCESS | PARSE_FLAG_TOK_NUM;
9581         next();
9582         decl(VT_CONST);
9583         if (tok != TOK_EOF)
9584             expect("declaration");
9585
9586         /* end of translation unit info */
9587         if (do_debug) {
9588             put_stabs_r(NULL, N_SO, 0, 0,
9589                         text_section->data_offset, text_section, section_sym);
9590         }
9591     }
9592     s1->error_set_jmp_enabled = 0;
9593
9594     /* reset define stack, but leave -Dsymbols (may be incorrect if
9595        they are undefined) */
9596     free_defines(define_start);
9597
9598     gen_inline_functions();
9599
9600     sym_pop(&global_stack, NULL);
9601     sym_pop(&local_stack, NULL);
9602
9603     return s1->nb_errors != 0 ? -1 : 0;
9604 }
9605
9606 /* Preprocess the current file */
9607 /* XXX: add line and file infos, add options to preserve spaces */
9608 static int tcc_preprocess(TCCState *s1)
9609 {
9610     Sym *define_start;
9611     int last_is_space;
9612
9613     preprocess_init(s1);
9614
9615     define_start = define_stack;
9616
9617     ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
9618     tok_flags = TOK_FLAG_BOL | TOK_FLAG_BOF;
9619     parse_flags = PARSE_FLAG_ASM_COMMENTS | PARSE_FLAG_PREPROCESS |
9620         PARSE_FLAG_LINEFEED;
9621     last_is_space = 1;
9622     next();
9623     for(;;) {
9624         if (tok == TOK_EOF) {
9625             break;
9626         } else if (tok == TOK_LINEFEED) {
9627             last_is_space = 1;
9628         } else {
9629             if (!last_is_space)
9630                 fputc(' ', s1->outfile);
9631             last_is_space = 0;
9632         }
9633         fputs(get_tok_str(tok, &tokc), s1->outfile);
9634         next();
9635     }
9636     free_defines(define_start);
9637     return 0;
9638 }
9639
9640 #ifdef LIBTCC
9641 int tcc_compile_string(TCCState *s, const char *str)
9642 {
9643     BufferedFile bf1, *bf = &bf1;
9644     int ret, len;
9645     char *buf;
9646
9647     /* init file structure */
9648     bf->fd = -1;
9649     /* XXX: avoid copying */
9650     len = strlen(str);
9651     buf = tcc_malloc(len + 1);
9652     if (!buf)
9653         return -1;
9654     memcpy(buf, str, len);
9655     buf[len] = CH_EOB;
9656     bf->buf_ptr = buf;
9657     bf->buf_end = buf + len;
9658     pstrcpy(bf->filename, sizeof(bf->filename), "<string>");
9659     bf->line_num = 1;
9660     file = bf;
9661     ret = tcc_compile(s);
9662     file = NULL;
9663     tcc_free(buf);
9664
9665     /* currently, no need to close */
9666     return ret;
9667 }
9668 #endif
9669
9670 /* define a preprocessor symbol. A value can also be provided with the '=' operator */
9671 void tcc_define_symbol(TCCState *s1, const char *sym, const char *value)
9672 {
9673     BufferedFile bf1, *bf = &bf1;
9674
9675     pstrcpy(bf->buffer, IO_BUF_SIZE, sym);
9676     pstrcat(bf->buffer, IO_BUF_SIZE, " ");
9677     /* default value */
9678     if (!value)
9679         value = "1";
9680     pstrcat(bf->buffer, IO_BUF_SIZE, value);
9681
9682     /* init file structure */
9683     bf->fd = -1;
9684     bf->buf_ptr = bf->buffer;
9685     bf->buf_end = bf->buffer + strlen(bf->buffer);
9686     *bf->buf_end = CH_EOB;
9687     bf->filename[0] = '\0';
9688     bf->line_num = 1;
9689     file = bf;
9690
9691     s1->include_stack_ptr = s1->include_stack;
9692
9693     /* parse with define parser */
9694     ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
9695     next_nomacro();
9696     parse_define();
9697     file = NULL;
9698 }
9699
9700 /* undefine a preprocessor symbol */
9701 void tcc_undefine_symbol(TCCState *s1, const char *sym)
9702 {
9703     TokenSym *ts;
9704     Sym *s;
9705     ts = tok_alloc(sym, strlen(sym));
9706     s = define_find(ts->tok);
9707     /* undefine symbol by putting an invalid name */
9708     if (s)
9709         define_undef(s);
9710 }
9711
9712 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_ASM
9713
9714 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
9715 #include "i386-asm.c"
9716 #endif
9717 #include "tccasm.c"
9718
9719 #else
9720 static void asm_instr(void)
9721 {
9722     error("inline asm() not supported");
9723 }
9724 static void asm_global_instr(void)
9725 {
9726     error("inline asm() not supported");
9727 }
9728 #endif
9729
9730 #include "tccelf.c"
9731
9732 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_COFF
9733 #include "tcccoff.c"
9734 #endif
9735
9736 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
9737 #include "tccpe.c"
9738 #endif
9739
9740 /* print the position in the source file of PC value 'pc' by reading
9741    the stabs debug information */
9742 static void rt_printline(unsigned long wanted_pc)
9743 {
9744     Stab_Sym *sym, *sym_end;
9745     char func_name[128], last_func_name[128];
9746     unsigned long func_addr, last_pc, pc;
9747     const char *incl_files[INCLUDE_STACK_SIZE];
9748     int incl_index, len, last_line_num, i;
9749     const char *str, *p;
9750
9751     fprintf(stderr, "0x%08lx:", wanted_pc);
9752
9753     func_name[0] = '\0';
9754     func_addr = 0;
9755     incl_index = 0;
9756     last_func_name[0] = '\0';
9757     last_pc = 0xffffffff;
9758     last_line_num = 1;
9759     sym = (Stab_Sym *)stab_section->data + 1;
9760     sym_end = (Stab_Sym *)(stab_section->data + stab_section->data_offset);
9761     while (sym < sym_end) {
9762         switch(sym->n_type) {
9763             /* function start or end */
9764         case N_FUN:
9765             if (sym->n_strx == 0) {
9766                 /* we test if between last line and end of function */
9767                 pc = sym->n_value + func_addr;
9768                 if (wanted_pc >= last_pc && wanted_pc < pc)
9769                     goto found;
9770                 func_name[0] = '\0';
9771                 func_addr = 0;
9772             } else {
9773                 str = stabstr_section->data + sym->n_strx;
9774                 p = strchr(str, ':');
9775                 if (!p) {
9776                     pstrcpy(func_name, sizeof(func_name), str);
9777                 } else {
9778                     len = p - str;
9779                     if (len > sizeof(func_name) - 1)
9780                         len = sizeof(func_name) - 1;
9781                     memcpy(func_name, str, len);
9782                     func_name[len] = '\0';
9783                 }
9784                 func_addr = sym->n_value;
9785             }
9786             break;
9787             /* line number info */
9788         case N_SLINE:
9789             pc = sym->n_value + func_addr;
9790             if (wanted_pc >= last_pc && wanted_pc < pc)
9791                 goto found;
9792             last_pc = pc;
9793             last_line_num = sym->n_desc;
9794             /* XXX: slow! */
9795             strcpy(last_func_name, func_name);
9796             break;
9797             /* include files */
9798         case N_BINCL:
9799             str = stabstr_section->data + sym->n_strx;
9800         add_incl:
9801             if (incl_index < INCLUDE_STACK_SIZE) {
9802                 incl_files[incl_index++] = str;
9803             }
9804             break;
9805         case N_EINCL:
9806             if (incl_index > 1)
9807                 incl_index--;
9808             break;
9809         case N_SO:
9810             if (sym->n_strx == 0) {
9811                 incl_index = 0; /* end of translation unit */
9812             } else {
9813                 str = stabstr_section->data + sym->n_strx;
9814                 /* do not add path */
9815                 len = strlen(str);
9816                 if (len > 0 && str[len - 1] != '/')
9817                     goto add_incl;
9818             }
9819             break;
9820         }
9821         sym++;
9822     }
9823
9824     /* second pass: we try symtab symbols (no line number info) */
9825     incl_index = 0;
9826     {
9827         Elf32_Sym *sym, *sym_end;
9828         int type;
9829
9830         sym_end = (Elf32_Sym *)(symtab_section->data + symtab_section->data_offset);
9831         for(sym = (Elf32_Sym *)symtab_section->data + 1;
9832             sym < sym_end;
9833             sym++) {
9834             type = ELF32_ST_TYPE(sym->st_info);
9835             if (type == STT_FUNC) {
9836                 if (wanted_pc >= sym->st_value &&
9837                     wanted_pc < sym->st_value + sym->st_size) {
9838                     pstrcpy(last_func_name, sizeof(last_func_name),
9839                             strtab_section->data + sym->st_name);
9840                     goto found;
9841                 }
9842             }
9843         }
9844     }
9845     /* did not find any info: */
9846     fprintf(stderr, " ???\n");
9847     return;
9848  found:
9849     if (last_func_name[0] != '\0') {
9850         fprintf(stderr, " %s()", last_func_name);
9851     }
9852     if (incl_index > 0) {
9853         fprintf(stderr, " (%s:%d",
9854                 incl_files[incl_index - 1], last_line_num);
9855         for(i = incl_index - 2; i >= 0; i--)
9856             fprintf(stderr, ", included from %s", incl_files[i]);
9857         fprintf(stderr, ")");
9858     }
9859     fprintf(stderr, "\n");
9860 }
9861
9862 #if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(CONFIG_TCCBOOT)
9863
9864 #ifdef __i386__
9865
9866 /* fix for glibc 2.1 */
9867 #ifndef REG_EIP
9868 #define REG_EIP EIP
9869 #define REG_EBP EBP
9870 #endif
9871
9872 /* return the PC at frame level 'level'. Return non zero if not found */
9873 static int rt_get_caller_pc(unsigned long *paddr,
9874                             ucontext_t *uc, int level)
9875 {
9876     unsigned long fp;
9877     int i;
9878
9879     if (level == 0) {
9880 #if defined(__FreeBSD__)
9881         *paddr = uc->uc_mcontext.mc_eip;
9882 #elif defined(__dietlibc__)
9883         *paddr = uc->uc_mcontext.eip;
9884 #else
9885         *paddr = uc->uc_mcontext.gregs[REG_EIP];
9886 #endif
9887         return 0;
9888     } else {
9889 #if defined(__FreeBSD__)
9890         fp = uc->uc_mcontext.mc_ebp;
9891 #elif defined(__dietlibc__)
9892         fp = uc->uc_mcontext.ebp;
9893 #else
9894         fp = uc->uc_mcontext.gregs[REG_EBP];
9895 #endif
9896         for(i=1;i<level;i++) {
9897             /* XXX: check address validity with program info */
9898             if (fp <= 0x1000 || fp >= 0xc0000000)
9899                 return -1;
9900             fp = ((unsigned long *)fp)[0];
9901         }
9902         *paddr = ((unsigned long *)fp)[1];
9903         return 0;
9904     }
9905 }
9906 #else
9907
9908 #warning add arch specific rt_get_caller_pc()
9909
9910 static int rt_get_caller_pc(unsigned long *paddr,
9911                             ucontext_t *uc, int level)
9912 {
9913     return -1;
9914 }
9915 #endif
9916
9917 /* emit a run time error at position 'pc' */
9918 void rt_error(ucontext_t *uc, const char *fmt, ...)
9919 {
9920     va_list ap;
9921     unsigned long pc;
9922     int i;
9923
9924     va_start(ap, fmt);
9925     fprintf(stderr, "Runtime error: ");
9926     vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
9927     fprintf(stderr, "\n");
9928     for(i=0;i<num_callers;i++) {
9929         if (rt_get_caller_pc(&pc, uc, i) < 0)
9930             break;
9931         if (i == 0)
9932             fprintf(stderr, "at ");
9933         else
9934             fprintf(stderr, "by ");
9935         rt_printline(pc);
9936     }
9937     exit(255);
9938     va_end(ap);
9939 }
9940
9941 /* signal handler for fatal errors */
9942 static void sig_error(int signum, siginfo_t *siginf, void *puc)
9943 {
9944     ucontext_t *uc = puc;
9945
9946     switch(signum) {
9947     case SIGFPE:
9948         switch(siginf->si_code) {
9949         case FPE_INTDIV:
9950         case FPE_FLTDIV:
9951             rt_error(uc, "division by zero");
9952             break;
9953         default:
9954             rt_error(uc, "floating point exception");
9955             break;
9956         }
9957         break;
9958     case SIGBUS:
9959     case SIGSEGV:
9960         if (rt_bound_error_msg && *rt_bound_error_msg)
9961             rt_error(uc, *rt_bound_error_msg);
9962         else
9963             rt_error(uc, "dereferencing invalid pointer");
9964         break;
9965     case SIGILL:
9966         rt_error(uc, "illegal instruction");
9967         break;
9968     case SIGABRT:
9969         rt_error(uc, "abort() called");
9970         break;
9971     default:
9972         rt_error(uc, "caught signal %d", signum);
9973         break;
9974     }
9975     exit(255);
9976 }
9977 #endif
9978
9979 /* do all relocations (needed before using tcc_get_symbol()) */
9980 int tcc_relocate(TCCState *s1)
9981 {
9982     Section *s;
9983     int i;
9984
9985     s1->nb_errors = 0;
9986
9987 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
9988     pe_add_runtime(s1);
9989 #else
9990     tcc_add_runtime(s1);
9991 #endif
9992
9993     relocate_common_syms();
9994
9995     tcc_add_linker_symbols(s1);
9996 #ifndef TCC_TARGET_PE
9997     build_got_entries(s1);
9998 #endif
9999     /* compute relocation address : section are relocated in place. We
10000        also alloc the bss space */
10001     for(i = 1; i < s1->nb_sections; i++) {
10002         s = s1->sections[i];
10003         if (s->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) {
10004             if (s->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS)
10005                 s->data = tcc_mallocz(s->data_offset);
10006             s->sh_addr = (unsigned long)s->data;
10007         }
10008     }
10009
10010     relocate_syms(s1, 1);
10011
10012     if (s1->nb_errors != 0)
10013         return -1;
10014
10015     /* relocate each section */
10016     for(i = 1; i < s1->nb_sections; i++) {
10017         s = s1->sections[i];
10018         if (s->reloc)
10019             relocate_section(s1, s);
10020     }
10021
10022     /* mark executable sections as executable in memory */
10023     for(i = 1; i < s1->nb_sections; i++) {
10024         s = s1->sections[i];
10025         if ((s->sh_flags & (SHF_ALLOC | SHF_EXECINSTR)) ==
10026             (SHF_ALLOC | SHF_EXECINSTR))
10027             set_pages_executable(s->data, s->data_offset);
10028     }
10029     return 0;
10030 }
10031
10032 /* launch the compiled program with the given arguments */
10033 int tcc_run(TCCState *s1, int argc, char **argv)
10034 {
10035     int (*prog_main)(int, char **);
10036
10037     if (tcc_relocate(s1) < 0)
10038         return -1;
10039
10040     prog_main = tcc_get_symbol_err(s1, "main");
10041
10042     if (do_debug) {
10043 #if defined(_WIN32) || defined(CONFIG_TCCBOOT)
10044         error("debug mode currently not available for Windows");
10045 #else
10046         struct sigaction sigact;
10047         /* install TCC signal handlers to print debug info on fatal
10048            runtime errors */
10049         sigact.sa_flags = SA_SIGINFO | SA_RESETHAND;
10050         sigact.sa_sigaction = sig_error;
10051         sigemptyset(&sigact.sa_mask);
10052         sigaction(SIGFPE, &sigact, NULL);
10053         sigaction(SIGILL, &sigact, NULL);
10054         sigaction(SIGSEGV, &sigact, NULL);
10055         sigaction(SIGBUS, &sigact, NULL);
10056         sigaction(SIGABRT, &sigact, NULL);
10057 #endif
10058     }
10059
10060 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
10061     if (do_bounds_check) {
10062         void (*bound_init)(void);
10063
10064         /* set error function */
10065         rt_bound_error_msg = (void *)tcc_get_symbol_err(s1,
10066                                                         "__bound_error_msg");
10067
10068         /* XXX: use .init section so that it also work in binary ? */
10069         bound_init = (void *)tcc_get_symbol_err(s1, "__bound_init");
10070         bound_init();
10071     }
10072 #endif
10073     return (*prog_main)(argc, argv);
10074 }
10075
10076 void tcc_memstats(void)
10077 {
10078 #ifdef MEM_DEBUG
10079     printf("memory in use: %d\n", mem_cur_size);
10080 #endif
10081 }
10082
10083 static void tcc_cleanup(void)
10084 {
10085     int i, n;
10086
10087     if (NULL == tcc_state)
10088         return;
10089     tcc_state = NULL;
10090
10091     /* free -D defines */
10092     free_defines(NULL);
10093
10094     /* free tokens */
10095     n = tok_ident - TOK_IDENT;
10096     for(i = 0; i < n; i++)
10097         tcc_free(table_ident[i]);
10098     tcc_free(table_ident);
10099
10100     /* free sym_pools */
10101     dynarray_reset(&sym_pools, &nb_sym_pools);
10102     /* string buffer */
10103     cstr_free(&tokcstr);
10104     /* reset symbol stack */
10105     sym_free_first = NULL;
10106     /* cleanup from error/setjmp */
10107     macro_ptr = NULL;
10108 }
10109
10110 TCCState *tcc_new(void)
10111 {
10112     const char *p, *r;
10113     TCCState *s;
10114     TokenSym *ts;
10115     int i, c;
10116
10117     tcc_cleanup();
10118
10119     s = tcc_mallocz(sizeof(TCCState));
10120     if (!s)
10121         return NULL;
10122     tcc_state = s;
10123     s->output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_MEMORY;
10124
10125     /* init isid table */
10126     for(i=CH_EOF;i<256;i++)
10127         isidnum_table[i-CH_EOF] = isid(i) || isnum(i);
10128
10129     /* add all tokens */
10130     table_ident = NULL;
10131     memset(hash_ident, 0, TOK_HASH_SIZE * sizeof(TokenSym *));
10132
10133     tok_ident = TOK_IDENT;
10134     p = tcc_keywords;
10135     while (*p) {
10136         r = p;
10137         for(;;) {
10138             c = *r++;
10139             if (c == '\0')
10140                 break;
10141         }
10142         ts = tok_alloc(p, r - p - 1);
10143         p = r;
10144     }
10145
10146     /* we add dummy defines for some special macros to speed up tests
10147        and to have working defined() */
10148     define_push(TOK___LINE__, MACRO_OBJ, NULL, NULL);
10149     define_push(TOK___FILE__, MACRO_OBJ, NULL, NULL);
10150     define_push(TOK___DATE__, MACRO_OBJ, NULL, NULL);
10151     define_push(TOK___TIME__, MACRO_OBJ, NULL, NULL);
10152
10153     /* standard defines */
10154     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__STDC__", NULL);
10155     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__STDC_VERSION__", "199901L");
10156 #if defined(TCC_TARGET_I386)
10157     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__i386__", NULL);
10158 #endif
10159 #if defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM)
10160     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__ARM_ARCH_4__", NULL);
10161     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__arm_elf__", NULL);
10162     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__arm_elf", NULL);
10163     tcc_define_symbol(s, "arm_elf", NULL);
10164     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__arm__", NULL);
10165     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__arm", NULL);
10166     tcc_define_symbol(s, "arm", NULL);
10167     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__APCS_32__", NULL);
10168 #endif
10169 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10170     tcc_define_symbol(s, "_WIN32", NULL);
10171 #else
10172     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__unix__", NULL);
10173     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__unix", NULL);
10174 #if defined(__linux)
10175     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__linux__", NULL);
10176     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__linux", NULL);
10177 #endif
10178 #endif
10179     /* tiny C specific defines */
10180     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__TINYC__", NULL);
10181
10182     /* tiny C & gcc defines */
10183     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__SIZE_TYPE__", "unsigned int");
10184     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__PTRDIFF_TYPE__", "int");
10185 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10186     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__WCHAR_TYPE__", "unsigned short");
10187 #else
10188     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__WCHAR_TYPE__", "int");
10189 #endif
10190
10191 #ifndef TCC_TARGET_PE
10192     /* default library paths */
10193     tcc_add_library_path(s, "/usr/local/lib");
10194     tcc_add_library_path(s, "/usr/lib");
10195     tcc_add_library_path(s, "/lib");
10196 #endif
10197
10198     /* no section zero */
10199     dynarray_add((void ***)&s->sections, &s->nb_sections, NULL);
10200
10201     /* create standard sections */
10202     text_section = new_section(s, ".text", SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC | SHF_EXECINSTR);
10203     data_section = new_section(s, ".data", SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE);
10204     bss_section = new_section(s, ".bss", SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE);
10205
10206     /* symbols are always generated for linking stage */
10207     symtab_section = new_symtab(s, ".symtab", SHT_SYMTAB, 0,
10208                                 ".strtab",
10209                                 ".hashtab", SHF_PRIVATE);
10210     strtab_section = symtab_section->link;
10211
10212     /* private symbol table for dynamic symbols */
10213     s->dynsymtab_section = new_symtab(s, ".dynsymtab", SHT_SYMTAB, SHF_PRIVATE,
10214                                       ".dynstrtab",
10215                                       ".dynhashtab", SHF_PRIVATE);
10216     s->alacarte_link = 1;
10217
10218 #ifdef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED
10219     s->char_is_unsigned = 1;
10220 #endif
10221 #if defined(TCC_TARGET_PE) && 0
10222     /* XXX: currently the PE linker is not ready to support that */
10223     s->leading_underscore = 1;
10224 #endif
10225     return s;
10226 }
10227
10228 void tcc_delete(TCCState *s1)
10229 {
10230     int i;
10231
10232     tcc_cleanup();
10233
10234     /* free all sections */
10235     free_section(s1->dynsymtab_section);
10236
10237     for(i = 1; i < s1->nb_sections; i++)
10238         free_section(s1->sections[i]);
10239     tcc_free(s1->sections);
10240
10241     /* free any loaded DLLs */
10242     for ( i = 0; i < s1->nb_loaded_dlls; i++)
10243     {
10244         DLLReference *ref = s1->loaded_dlls[i];
10245         if ( ref->handle )
10246             dlclose(ref->handle);
10247     }
10248
10249     /* free loaded dlls array */
10250     dynarray_reset(&s1->loaded_dlls, &s1->nb_loaded_dlls);
10251
10252     /* free library paths */
10253     dynarray_reset(&s1->library_paths, &s1->nb_library_paths);
10254
10255     /* free include paths */
10256     dynarray_reset(&s1->cached_includes, &s1->nb_cached_includes);
10257     dynarray_reset(&s1->include_paths, &s1->nb_include_paths);
10258     dynarray_reset(&s1->sysinclude_paths, &s1->nb_sysinclude_paths);
10259
10260     tcc_free(s1);
10261 }
10262
10263 int tcc_add_include_path(TCCState *s1, const char *pathname)
10264 {
10265     char *pathname1;
10266
10267     pathname1 = tcc_strdup(pathname);
10268     dynarray_add((void ***)&s1->include_paths, &s1->nb_include_paths, pathname1);
10269     return 0;
10270 }
10271
10272 int tcc_add_sysinclude_path(TCCState *s1, const char *pathname)
10273 {
10274     char *pathname1;
10275
10276     pathname1 = tcc_strdup(pathname);
10277     dynarray_add((void ***)&s1->sysinclude_paths, &s1->nb_sysinclude_paths, pathname1);
10278     return 0;
10279 }
10280
10281 static int tcc_add_file_internal(TCCState *s1, const char *filename, int flags)
10282 {
10283     const char *ext;
10284     Elf32_Ehdr ehdr;
10285     int fd, ret;
10286     BufferedFile *saved_file;
10287
10288     /* find source file type with extension */
10289     ext = tcc_fileextension(filename);
10290     if (ext[0])
10291         ext++;
10292
10293     /* open the file */
10294     saved_file = file;
10295     file = tcc_open(s1, filename);
10296     if (!file) {
10297         if (flags & AFF_PRINT_ERROR) {
10298             error_noabort("file '%s' not found", filename);
10299         }
10300         ret = -1;
10301         goto fail1;
10302     }
10303
10304     if (flags & AFF_PREPROCESS) {
10305         ret = tcc_preprocess(s1);
10306     } else if (!ext[0] || !strcmp(ext, "c")) {
10307         /* C file assumed */
10308         ret = tcc_compile(s1);
10309     } else
10310 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_ASM
10311     if (!strcmp(ext, "S")) {
10312         /* preprocessed assembler */
10313         ret = tcc_assemble(s1, 1);
10314     } else if (!strcmp(ext, "s")) {
10315         /* non preprocessed assembler */
10316         ret = tcc_assemble(s1, 0);
10317     } else
10318 #endif
10319 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10320     if (!strcmp(ext, "def")) {
10321         ret = pe_load_def_file(s1, file->fd);
10322     } else
10323 #endif
10324     {
10325         fd = file->fd;
10326         /* assume executable format: auto guess file type */
10327         ret = read(fd, &ehdr, sizeof(ehdr));
10328         lseek(fd, 0, SEEK_SET);
10329         if (ret <= 0) {
10330             error_noabort("could not read header");
10331             goto fail;
10332         } else if (ret != sizeof(ehdr)) {
10333             goto try_load_script;
10334         }
10335
10336         if (ehdr.e_ident[0] == ELFMAG0 &&
10337             ehdr.e_ident[1] == ELFMAG1 &&
10338             ehdr.e_ident[2] == ELFMAG2 &&
10339             ehdr.e_ident[3] == ELFMAG3) {
10340             file->line_num = 0; /* do not display line number if error */
10341             if (ehdr.e_type == ET_REL) {
10342                 ret = tcc_load_object_file(s1, fd, 0);
10343             } else if (ehdr.e_type == ET_DYN) {
10344                 if (s1->output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_MEMORY) {
10345 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10346                     ret = -1;
10347 #else
10348                     void *h;
10349                     h = dlopen(filename, RTLD_GLOBAL | RTLD_LAZY);
10350                     if (h)
10351                         ret = 0;
10352                     else
10353                         ret = -1;
10354 #endif
10355                 } else {
10356                     ret = tcc_load_dll(s1, fd, filename,
10357                                        (flags & AFF_REFERENCED_DLL) != 0);
10358                 }
10359             } else {
10360                 error_noabort("unrecognized ELF file");
10361                 goto fail;
10362             }
10363         } else if (memcmp((char *)&ehdr, ARMAG, 8) == 0) {
10364             file->line_num = 0; /* do not display line number if error */
10365             ret = tcc_load_archive(s1, fd);
10366         } else
10367 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_COFF
10368         if (*(uint16_t *)(&ehdr) == COFF_C67_MAGIC) {
10369             ret = tcc_load_coff(s1, fd);
10370         } else
10371 #endif
10372 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10373         if (pe_test_res_file(&ehdr, ret)) {
10374             ret = pe_load_res_file(s1, fd);
10375         } else
10376 #endif
10377         {
10378             /* as GNU ld, consider it is an ld script if not recognized */
10379         try_load_script:
10380             ret = tcc_load_ldscript(s1);
10381             if (ret < 0) {
10382                 error_noabort("unrecognized file type");
10383                 goto fail;
10384             }
10385         }
10386     }
10387  the_end:
10388     tcc_close(file);
10389  fail1:
10390     file = saved_file;
10391     return ret;
10392  fail:
10393     ret = -1;
10394     goto the_end;
10395 }
10396
10397 int tcc_add_file(TCCState *s, const char *filename)
10398 {
10399     return tcc_add_file_internal(s, filename, AFF_PRINT_ERROR);
10400 }
10401
10402 int tcc_add_library_path(TCCState *s, const char *pathname)
10403 {
10404     char *pathname1;
10405
10406     pathname1 = tcc_strdup(pathname);
10407     dynarray_add((void ***)&s->library_paths, &s->nb_library_paths, pathname1);
10408     return 0;
10409 }
10410
10411 /* find and load a dll. Return non zero if not found */
10412 /* XXX: add '-rpath' option support ? */
10413 static int tcc_add_dll(TCCState *s, const char *filename, int flags)
10414 {
10415     char buf[1024];
10416     int i;
10417
10418     for(i = 0; i < s->nb_library_paths; i++) {
10419         snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s/%s",
10420                  s->library_paths[i], filename);
10421         if (tcc_add_file_internal(s, buf, flags) == 0)
10422             return 0;
10423     }
10424     return -1;
10425 }
10426
10427 /* the library name is the same as the argument of the '-l' option */
10428 int tcc_add_library(TCCState *s, const char *libraryname)
10429 {
10430     char buf[1024];
10431     int i;
10432
10433     /* first we look for the dynamic library if not static linking */
10434     if (!s->static_link) {
10435 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10436         snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s.def", libraryname);
10437 #else
10438         snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "lib%s.so", libraryname);
10439 #endif
10440         if (tcc_add_dll(s, buf, 0) == 0)
10441             return 0;
10442     }
10443
10444     /* then we look for the static library */
10445     for(i = 0; i < s->nb_library_paths; i++) {
10446         snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s/lib%s.a",
10447                  s->library_paths[i], libraryname);
10448         if (tcc_add_file_internal(s, buf, 0) == 0)
10449             return 0;
10450     }
10451     return -1;
10452 }
10453
10454 int tcc_add_symbol(TCCState *s, const char *name, unsigned long val)
10455 {
10456     add_elf_sym(symtab_section, val, 0,
10457                 ELF32_ST_INFO(STB_GLOBAL, STT_NOTYPE), 0,
10458                 SHN_ABS, name);
10459     return 0;
10460 }
10461
10462 int tcc_set_output_type(TCCState *s, int output_type)
10463 {
10464     char buf[1024];
10465
10466     s->output_type = output_type;
10467
10468     if (!s->nostdinc) {
10469         /* default include paths */
10470         /* XXX: reverse order needed if -isystem support */
10471 #ifndef TCC_TARGET_PE
10472         tcc_add_sysinclude_path(s, "/usr/local/include");
10473         tcc_add_sysinclude_path(s, "/usr/include");
10474 #endif
10475         snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s/include", tcc_lib_path);
10476         tcc_add_sysinclude_path(s, buf);
10477 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10478         snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s/include/winapi", tcc_lib_path);
10479         tcc_add_sysinclude_path(s, buf);
10480 #endif
10481     }
10482
10483     /* if bound checking, then add corresponding sections */
10484 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
10485     if (do_bounds_check) {
10486         /* define symbol */
10487         tcc_define_symbol(s, "__BOUNDS_CHECKING_ON", NULL);
10488         /* create bounds sections */
10489         bounds_section = new_section(s, ".bounds",
10490                                      SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC);
10491         lbounds_section = new_section(s, ".lbounds",
10492                                       SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC);
10493     }
10494 #endif
10495
10496     if (s->char_is_unsigned) {
10497         tcc_define_symbol(s, "__CHAR_UNSIGNED__", NULL);
10498     }
10499
10500     /* add debug sections */
10501     if (do_debug) {
10502         /* stab symbols */
10503         stab_section = new_section(s, ".stab", SHT_PROGBITS, 0);
10504         stab_section->sh_entsize = sizeof(Stab_Sym);
10505         stabstr_section = new_section(s, ".stabstr", SHT_STRTAB, 0);
10506         put_elf_str(stabstr_section, "");
10507         stab_section->link = stabstr_section;
10508         /* put first entry */
10509         put_stabs("", 0, 0, 0, 0);
10510     }
10511
10512     /* add libc crt1/crti objects */
10513 #ifndef TCC_TARGET_PE
10514     if ((output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_EXE || output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_DLL) &&
10515         !s->nostdlib) {
10516         if (output_type != TCC_OUTPUT_DLL)
10517             tcc_add_file(s, CONFIG_TCC_CRT_PREFIX "/crt1.o");
10518         tcc_add_file(s, CONFIG_TCC_CRT_PREFIX "/crti.o");
10519     }
10520 #endif
10521
10522 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10523     snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s/lib", tcc_lib_path);
10524     tcc_add_library_path(s, buf);
10525 #endif
10526
10527     return 0;
10528 }
10529
10530 #define WD_ALL    0x0001 /* warning is activated when using -Wall */
10531 #define FD_INVERT 0x0002 /* invert value before storing */
10532
10533 typedef struct FlagDef {
10534     uint16_t offset;
10535     uint16_t flags;
10536     const char *name;
10537 } FlagDef;
10538
10539 static const FlagDef warning_defs[] = {
10540     { offsetof(TCCState, warn_unsupported), 0, "unsupported" },
10541     { offsetof(TCCState, warn_write_strings), 0, "write-strings" },
10542     { offsetof(TCCState, warn_error), 0, "error" },
10543     { offsetof(TCCState, warn_implicit_function_declaration), WD_ALL,
10544       "implicit-function-declaration" },
10545 };
10546
10547 static int set_flag(TCCState *s, const FlagDef *flags, int nb_flags,
10548                     const char *name, int value)
10549 {
10550     int i;
10551     const FlagDef *p;
10552     const char *r;
10553
10554     r = name;
10555     if (r[0] == 'n' && r[1] == 'o' && r[2] == '-') {
10556         r += 3;
10557         value = !value;
10558     }
10559     for(i = 0, p = flags; i < nb_flags; i++, p++) {
10560         if (!strcmp(r, p->name))
10561             goto found;
10562     }
10563     return -1;
10564  found:
10565     if (p->flags & FD_INVERT)
10566         value = !value;
10567     *(int *)((uint8_t *)s + p->offset) = value;
10568     return 0;
10569 }
10570
10571
10572 /* set/reset a warning */
10573 int tcc_set_warning(TCCState *s, const char *warning_name, int value)
10574 {
10575     int i;
10576     const FlagDef *p;
10577
10578     if (!strcmp(warning_name, "all")) {
10579         for(i = 0, p = warning_defs; i < countof(warning_defs); i++, p++) {
10580             if (p->flags & WD_ALL)
10581                 *(int *)((uint8_t *)s + p->offset) = 1;
10582         }
10583         return 0;
10584     } else {
10585         return set_flag(s, warning_defs, countof(warning_defs),
10586                         warning_name, value);
10587     }
10588 }
10589
10590 static const FlagDef flag_defs[] = {
10591     { offsetof(TCCState, char_is_unsigned), 0, "unsigned-char" },
10592     { offsetof(TCCState, char_is_unsigned), FD_INVERT, "signed-char" },
10593     { offsetof(TCCState, nocommon), FD_INVERT, "common" },
10594     { offsetof(TCCState, leading_underscore), 0, "leading-underscore" },
10595 };
10596
10597 /* set/reset a flag */
10598 int tcc_set_flag(TCCState *s, const char *flag_name, int value)
10599 {
10600     return set_flag(s, flag_defs, countof(flag_defs),
10601                     flag_name, value);
10602 }
10603
10604 #if !defined(LIBTCC)
10605
10606 static int64_t getclock_us(void)
10607 {
10608 #ifdef _WIN32
10609     struct _timeb tb;
10610     _ftime(&tb);
10611     return (tb.time * 1000LL + tb.millitm) * 1000LL;
10612 #else
10613     struct timeval tv;
10614     gettimeofday(&tv, NULL);
10615     return tv.tv_sec * 1000000LL + tv.tv_usec;
10616 #endif
10617 }
10618
10619 void help(void)
10620 {
10621     printf("tcc version " TCC_VERSION " - Tiny C Compiler - Copyright (C) 2001-2006 Fabrice Bellard\n"
10622            "usage: tcc [-v] [-c] [-o outfile] [-Bdir] [-bench] [-Idir] [-Dsym[=val]] [-Usym]\n"
10623            "           [-Wwarn] [-g] [-b] [-bt N] [-Ldir] [-llib] [-shared] [-soname name]\n"
10624            "           [-static] [infile1 infile2...] [-run infile args...]\n"
10625            "\n"
10626            "General options:\n"
10627            "  -v          display current version, increase verbosity\n"
10628            "  -c          compile only - generate an object file\n"
10629            "  -o outfile  set output filename\n"
10630            "  -Bdir       set tcc internal library path\n"
10631            "  -bench      output compilation statistics\n"
10632            "  -run        run compiled source\n"
10633            "  -fflag      set or reset (with 'no-' prefix) 'flag' (see man page)\n"
10634            "  -Wwarning   set or reset (with 'no-' prefix) 'warning' (see man page)\n"
10635            "  -w          disable all warnings\n"
10636            "Preprocessor options:\n"
10637            "  -E          preprocess only\n"
10638            "  -Idir       add include path 'dir'\n"
10639            "  -Dsym[=val] define 'sym' with value 'val'\n"
10640            "  -Usym       undefine 'sym'\n"
10641            "Linker options:\n"
10642            "  -Ldir       add library path 'dir'\n"
10643            "  -llib       link with dynamic or static library 'lib'\n"
10644            "  -shared     generate a shared library\n"
10645            "  -soname     set name for shared library to be used at runtime\n"
10646            "  -static     static linking\n"
10647            "  -rdynamic   export all global symbols to dynamic linker\n"
10648            "  -r          generate (relocatable) object file\n"
10649            "Debugger options:\n"
10650            "  -g          generate runtime debug info\n"
10651 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
10652            "  -b          compile with built-in memory and bounds checker (implies -g)\n"
10653 #endif
10654            "  -bt N       show N callers in stack traces\n"
10655            );
10656 }
10657
10658 #define TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG 0x0001
10659 #define TCC_OPTION_NOSEP   0x0002 /* cannot have space before option and arg */
10660
10661 typedef struct TCCOption {
10662     const char *name;
10663     uint16_t index;
10664     uint16_t flags;
10665 } TCCOption;
10666
10667 enum {
10668     TCC_OPTION_HELP,
10669     TCC_OPTION_I,
10670     TCC_OPTION_D,
10671     TCC_OPTION_U,
10672     TCC_OPTION_L,
10673     TCC_OPTION_B,
10674     TCC_OPTION_l,
10675     TCC_OPTION_bench,
10676     TCC_OPTION_bt,
10677     TCC_OPTION_b,
10678     TCC_OPTION_g,
10679     TCC_OPTION_c,
10680     TCC_OPTION_static,
10681     TCC_OPTION_shared,
10682     TCC_OPTION_soname,
10683     TCC_OPTION_o,
10684     TCC_OPTION_r,
10685     TCC_OPTION_Wl,
10686     TCC_OPTION_W,
10687     TCC_OPTION_O,
10688     TCC_OPTION_m,
10689     TCC_OPTION_f,
10690     TCC_OPTION_nostdinc,
10691     TCC_OPTION_nostdlib,
10692     TCC_OPTION_print_search_dirs,
10693     TCC_OPTION_rdynamic,
10694     TCC_OPTION_run,
10695     TCC_OPTION_v,
10696     TCC_OPTION_w,
10697     TCC_OPTION_pipe,
10698     TCC_OPTION_E,
10699 };
10700
10701 static const TCCOption tcc_options[] = {
10702     { "h", TCC_OPTION_HELP, 0 },
10703     { "?", TCC_OPTION_HELP, 0 },
10704     { "I", TCC_OPTION_I, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10705     { "D", TCC_OPTION_D, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10706     { "U", TCC_OPTION_U, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10707     { "L", TCC_OPTION_L, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10708     { "B", TCC_OPTION_B, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10709     { "l", TCC_OPTION_l, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10710     { "bench", TCC_OPTION_bench, 0 },
10711     { "bt", TCC_OPTION_bt, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10712 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
10713     { "b", TCC_OPTION_b, 0 },
10714 #endif
10715     { "g", TCC_OPTION_g, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10716     { "c", TCC_OPTION_c, 0 },
10717     { "static", TCC_OPTION_static, 0 },
10718     { "shared", TCC_OPTION_shared, 0 },
10719     { "soname", TCC_OPTION_soname, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10720     { "o", TCC_OPTION_o, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10721     { "run", TCC_OPTION_run, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10722     { "rdynamic", TCC_OPTION_rdynamic, 0 },
10723     { "r", TCC_OPTION_r, 0 },
10724     { "Wl,", TCC_OPTION_Wl, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10725     { "W", TCC_OPTION_W, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10726     { "O", TCC_OPTION_O, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10727     { "m", TCC_OPTION_m, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10728     { "f", TCC_OPTION_f, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10729     { "nostdinc", TCC_OPTION_nostdinc, 0 },
10730     { "nostdlib", TCC_OPTION_nostdlib, 0 },
10731     { "print-search-dirs", TCC_OPTION_print_search_dirs, 0 },
10732     { "v", TCC_OPTION_v, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10733     { "w", TCC_OPTION_w, 0 },
10734     { "pipe", TCC_OPTION_pipe, 0},
10735     { "E", TCC_OPTION_E, 0},
10736     { NULL },
10737 };
10738
10739 /* convert 'str' into an array of space separated strings */
10740 static int expand_args(char ***pargv, const char *str)
10741 {
10742     const char *s1;
10743     char **argv, *arg;
10744     int argc, len;
10745
10746     argc = 0;
10747     argv = NULL;
10748     for(;;) {
10749         while (is_space(*str))
10750             str++;
10751         if (*str == '\0')
10752             break;
10753         s1 = str;
10754         while (*str != '\0' && !is_space(*str))
10755             str++;
10756         len = str - s1;
10757         arg = tcc_malloc(len + 1);
10758         memcpy(arg, s1, len);
10759         arg[len] = '\0';
10760         dynarray_add((void ***)&argv, &argc, arg);
10761     }
10762     *pargv = argv;
10763     return argc;
10764 }
10765
10766 static char **files;
10767 static int nb_files, nb_libraries;
10768 static int multiple_files;
10769 static int print_search_dirs;
10770 static int output_type;
10771 static int reloc_output;
10772 static const char *outfile;
10773
10774 int parse_args(TCCState *s, int argc, char **argv)
10775 {
10776     int optind;
10777     const TCCOption *popt;
10778     const char *optarg, *p1, *r1;
10779     char *r;
10780
10781     optind = 0;
10782     while (optind < argc) {
10783
10784         r = argv[optind++];
10785         if (r[0] != '-' || r[1] == '\0') {
10786             /* add a new file */
10787             dynarray_add((void ***)&files, &nb_files, r);
10788             if (!multiple_files) {
10789                 optind--;
10790                 /* argv[0] will be this file */
10791                 break;
10792             }
10793         } else {
10794             /* find option in table (match only the first chars */
10795             popt = tcc_options;
10796             for(;;) {
10797                 p1 = popt->name;
10798                 if (p1 == NULL)
10799                     error("invalid option -- '%s'", r);
10800                 r1 = r + 1;
10801                 for(;;) {
10802                     if (*p1 == '\0')
10803                         goto option_found;
10804                     if (*r1 != *p1)
10805                         break;
10806                     p1++;
10807                     r1++;
10808                 }
10809                 popt++;
10810             }
10811         option_found:
10812             if (popt->flags & TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG) {
10813                 if (*r1 != '\0' || (popt->flags & TCC_OPTION_NOSEP)) {
10814                     optarg = r1;
10815                 } else {
10816                     if (optind >= argc)
10817                         error("argument to '%s' is missing", r);
10818                     optarg = argv[optind++];
10819                 }
10820             } else {
10821                 if (*r1 != '\0')
10822                     return 0;
10823                 optarg = NULL;
10824             }
10825
10826             switch(popt->index) {
10827             case TCC_OPTION_HELP:
10828                 return 0;
10829
10830             case TCC_OPTION_I:
10831                 if (tcc_add_include_path(s, optarg) < 0)
10832                     error("too many include paths");
10833                 break;
10834             case TCC_OPTION_D:
10835                 {
10836                     char *sym, *value;
10837                     sym = (char *)optarg;
10838                     value = strchr(sym, '=');
10839                     if (value) {
10840                         *value = '\0';
10841                         value++;
10842                     }
10843                     tcc_define_symbol(s, sym, value);
10844                 }
10845                 break;
10846             case TCC_OPTION_U:
10847                 tcc_undefine_symbol(s, optarg);
10848                 break;
10849             case TCC_OPTION_L:
10850                 tcc_add_library_path(s, optarg);
10851                 break;
10852             case TCC_OPTION_B:
10853                 /* set tcc utilities path (mainly for tcc development) */
10854                 tcc_lib_path = optarg;
10855                 break;
10856             case TCC_OPTION_l:
10857                 dynarray_add((void ***)&files, &nb_files, r);
10858                 nb_libraries++;
10859                 break;
10860             case TCC_OPTION_bench:
10861                 do_bench = 1;
10862                 break;
10863             case TCC_OPTION_bt:
10864                 num_callers = atoi(optarg);
10865                 break;
10866 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
10867             case TCC_OPTION_b:
10868                 do_bounds_check = 1;
10869                 do_debug = 1;
10870                 break;
10871 #endif
10872             case TCC_OPTION_g:
10873                 do_debug = 1;
10874                 break;
10875             case TCC_OPTION_c:
10876                 multiple_files = 1;
10877                 output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_OBJ;
10878                 break;
10879             case TCC_OPTION_static:
10880                 s->static_link = 1;
10881                 break;
10882             case TCC_OPTION_shared:
10883                 output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_DLL;
10884                 break;
10885             case TCC_OPTION_soname:
10886                 s->soname = optarg;
10887                 break;
10888             case TCC_OPTION_o:
10889                 multiple_files = 1;
10890                 outfile = optarg;
10891                 break;
10892             case TCC_OPTION_r:
10893                 /* generate a .o merging several output files */
10894                 reloc_output = 1;
10895                 output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_OBJ;
10896                 break;
10897             case TCC_OPTION_nostdinc:
10898                 s->nostdinc = 1;
10899                 break;
10900             case TCC_OPTION_nostdlib:
10901                 s->nostdlib = 1;
10902                 break;
10903             case TCC_OPTION_print_search_dirs:
10904                 print_search_dirs = 1;
10905                 break;
10906             case TCC_OPTION_run:
10907                 {
10908                     int argc1;
10909                     char **argv1;
10910                     argc1 = expand_args(&argv1, optarg);
10911                     if (argc1 > 0) {
10912                         parse_args(s, argc1, argv1);
10913                     }
10914                     multiple_files = 0;
10915                     output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_MEMORY;
10916                 }
10917                 break;
10918             case TCC_OPTION_v:
10919                 do {
10920                     if (0 == verbose++)
10921                         printf("tcc version %s\n", TCC_VERSION);
10922                 } while (*optarg++ == 'v');
10923                 break;
10924             case TCC_OPTION_f:
10925                 if (tcc_set_flag(s, optarg, 1) < 0 && s->warn_unsupported)
10926                     goto unsupported_option;
10927                 break;
10928             case TCC_OPTION_W:
10929                 if (tcc_set_warning(s, optarg, 1) < 0 &&
10930                     s->warn_unsupported)
10931                     goto unsupported_option;
10932                 break;
10933             case TCC_OPTION_w:
10934                 s->warn_none = 1;
10935                 break;
10936             case TCC_OPTION_rdynamic:
10937                 s->rdynamic = 1;
10938                 break;
10939             case TCC_OPTION_Wl:
10940                 {
10941                     const char *p;
10942                     if (strstart(optarg, "-Ttext,", &p)) {
10943                         s->text_addr = strtoul(p, NULL, 16);
10944                         s->has_text_addr = 1;
10945                     } else if (strstart(optarg, "--oformat,", &p)) {
10946                         if (strstart(p, "elf32-", NULL)) {
10947                             s->output_format = TCC_OUTPUT_FORMAT_ELF;
10948                         } else if (!strcmp(p, "binary")) {
10949                             s->output_format = TCC_OUTPUT_FORMAT_BINARY;
10950                         } else
10951 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_COFF
10952                         if (!strcmp(p, "coff")) {
10953                             s->output_format = TCC_OUTPUT_FORMAT_COFF;
10954                         } else
10955 #endif
10956                         {
10957                             error("target %s not found", p);
10958                         }
10959                     } else {
10960                         error("unsupported linker option '%s'", optarg);
10961                     }
10962                 }
10963                 break;
10964             case TCC_OPTION_E:
10965                 output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_PREPROCESS;
10966                 break;
10967             default:
10968                 if (s->warn_unsupported) {
10969                 unsupported_option:
10970                     warning("unsupported option '%s'", r);
10971                 }
10972                 break;
10973             }
10974         }
10975     }
10976     return optind + 1;
10977 }
10978
10979 int main(int argc, char **argv)
10980 {
10981     int i;
10982     TCCState *s;
10983     int nb_objfiles, ret, optind;
10984     char objfilename[1024];
10985     int64_t start_time = 0;
10986
10987 #ifdef _WIN32
10988     tcc_lib_path = w32_tcc_lib_path();
10989 #endif
10990
10991     s = tcc_new();
10992     output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_EXE;
10993     outfile = NULL;
10994     multiple_files = 1;
10995     files = NULL;
10996     nb_files = 0;
10997     nb_libraries = 0;
10998     reloc_output = 0;
10999     print_search_dirs = 0;
11000     ret = 0;
11001
11002     optind = parse_args(s, argc - 1, argv + 1);
11003     if (print_search_dirs) {
11004         /* enough for Linux kernel */
11005         printf("install: %s/\n", tcc_lib_path);
11006         return 0;
11007     }
11008     if (optind == 0 || nb_files == 0) {
11009         if (optind && verbose)
11010             return 0;
11011         help();
11012         return 1;
11013     }
11014
11015     nb_objfiles = nb_files - nb_libraries;
11016
11017     /* if outfile provided without other options, we output an
11018        executable */
11019     if (outfile && output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_MEMORY)
11020         output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_EXE;
11021
11022     /* check -c consistency : only single file handled. XXX: checks file type */
11023     if (output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_OBJ && !reloc_output) {
11024         /* accepts only a single input file */
11025         if (nb_objfiles != 1)
11026             error("cannot specify multiple files with -c");
11027         if (nb_libraries != 0)
11028             error("cannot specify libraries with -c");
11029     }
11030
11031
11032     if (output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_PREPROCESS) {
11033         if (!outfile) {
11034             s->outfile = stdout;
11035         } else {
11036             s->outfile = fopen(outfile, "w");
11037             if (!s->outfile)
11038                 error("could not open '%s", outfile);
11039         }
11040     } else if (output_type != TCC_OUTPUT_MEMORY) {
11041         if (!outfile) {
11042             /* compute default outfile name */
11043             char *ext;
11044             const char *name =
11045                 strcmp(files[0], "-") == 0 ? "a" : tcc_basename(files[0]);
11046             pstrcpy(objfilename, sizeof(objfilename), name);
11047             ext = tcc_fileextension(objfilename);
11048 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
11049             if (output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_DLL)
11050                 strcpy(ext, ".dll");
11051             else
11052             if (output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_EXE)
11053                 strcpy(ext, ".exe");
11054             else
11055 #endif
11056             if (output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_OBJ && !reloc_output && *ext)
11057                 strcpy(ext, ".o");
11058             else
11059                 pstrcpy(objfilename, sizeof(objfilename), "a.out");
11060             outfile = objfilename;
11061         }
11062     }
11063
11064     if (do_bench) {
11065         start_time = getclock_us();
11066     }
11067
11068     tcc_set_output_type(s, output_type);
11069
11070     /* compile or add each files or library */
11071     for(i = 0; i < nb_files && ret == 0; i++) {
11072         const char *filename;
11073
11074         filename = files[i];
11075         if (output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_PREPROCESS) {
11076             if (tcc_add_file_internal(s, filename,
11077                     AFF_PRINT_ERROR | AFF_PREPROCESS) < 0)
11078                 ret = 1;
11079         } else if (filename[0] == '-' && filename[1]) {
11080             if (tcc_add_library(s, filename + 2) < 0)
11081                 error("cannot find %s", filename);
11082         } else {
11083             if (1 == verbose)
11084                 printf("-> %s\n", filename);
11085             if (tcc_add_file(s, filename) < 0)
11086                 ret = 1;
11087         }
11088     }
11089
11090     /* free all files */
11091     tcc_free(files);
11092
11093     if (ret)
11094         goto the_end;
11095
11096     if (do_bench) {
11097         double total_time;
11098         total_time = (double)(getclock_us() - start_time) / 1000000.0;
11099         if (total_time < 0.001)
11100             total_time = 0.001;
11101         if (total_bytes < 1)
11102             total_bytes = 1;
11103         printf("%d idents, %d lines, %d bytes, %0.3f s, %d lines/s, %0.1f MB/s\n",
11104                tok_ident - TOK_IDENT, total_lines, total_bytes,
11105                total_time, (int)(total_lines / total_time),
11106                total_bytes / total_time / 1000000.0);
11107     }
11108
11109     if (s->output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_PREPROCESS) {
11110         if (outfile)
11111             fclose(s->outfile);
11112     } else if (s->output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_MEMORY) {
11113         ret = tcc_run(s, argc - optind, argv + optind);
11114     } else
11115         ret = tcc_output_file(s, outfile) ? 1 : 0;
11116  the_end:
11117     /* XXX: cannot do it with bound checking because of the malloc hooks */
11118     if (!do_bounds_check)
11119         tcc_delete(s);
11120
11121 #ifdef MEM_DEBUG
11122     if (do_bench) {
11123         printf("memory: %d bytes, max = %d bytes\n", mem_cur_size, mem_max_size);
11124     }
11125 #endif
11126     return ret;
11127 }
11128
11129 #endif